Prove2Me
Navigate
DiscoverCollectionsFormalpediaBlogsUsersMomentumMy Missions+
Prove2Me
⌕
Log in

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

Optimization

1,681 missions · 908 completed

Missions

Open773Completed908All1681
Convex OptimizationNumerical AnalysisOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

A Coordinate Gradient Descent Method for Nonsmooth Separable Minimization 2: Under a Local Lipschitzian Error Bound, CGD with the Restricted Gauss–Seidel Rule Converges LinearlyResearch Paper

Motivation

Many problems in statistics, signal processing and machine learning minimize the sum of a smooth loss and a convex, nonsmooth, separable regularizer: smooth optimization with ℓ1\ell_1ℓ1​-regularization, bound-constrained optimization, the group Lasso and, through duality, support vector regression are special cases listed in §1 of the paper discussed below. For such problems, methods that update one coordinate, or one small block of coordinates, at a time are often the method of choice, because each update is cheap and exploits separability.

Paul Tseng and Sangwoon Yun (Math. Program. Ser. B 117 (2009) 387–423) introduced the coordinate gradient descent (CGD) method for this class: at each iteration it minimizes a quadratic model of the smooth part plus the exact nonsmooth part over a chosen block of coordinates, then takes an Armijo step. Their paper proves global convergence (Theorem 1) and, under a local error bound, linear convergence (Theorems 2 and 3). This mission is the second of a three-mission series on the paper; it targets the linear convergence theorem for the cyclic (Gauss–Seidel-type) choice of blocks.

The analysis follows Luo and Tseng's error-bound framework for smooth constrained problems (Ann. Oper. Res. 46 (1993) 157–178), which established linear rates for feasible descent methods without strong convexity. Tseng and Yun extend that framework to a nonsmooth convex term.

Setting

Let ℜn\Re^nℜn carry the Euclidean norm ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\|∥⋅∥, let N={1,…,n}\mathcal N=\{1,\dots,n\}N={1,…,n}, and for J⊆N\mathcal J\subseteq\mathcal NJ⊆N let xJx_{\mathcal J}xJ​ be the subvector of coordinates in J\mathcal JJ. The problem (1) is

min⁡x Fc(x)=f(x)+cP(x),\min_x\ F_c(x)=f(x)+cP(x),xmin​ Fc​(x)=f(x)+cP(x),

where c>0c>0c>0, P:ℜn→(−∞,∞]P:\Re^n\to(-\infty,\infty]P:ℜn→(−∞,∞] is proper, convex and lower semicontinuous, and fff is continuously differentiable on an open set containing dom⁡P\operatorname{dom}PdomP.

Given x∈dom⁡Px\in\operatorname{dom}Px∈domP, a nonempty block J\mathcal JJ and a symmetric positive definite matrix HHH, the direction (6) is

dH(x;J)=arg⁡min⁡d{∇f(x)Td+12dTHd+cP(x+d) ∣ dj=0 ∀j∉J}.d_H(x;\mathcal J)=\arg\min_d\Big\{\nabla f(x)^Td+\tfrac12d^THd+cP(x+d)\ \Big|\ d_j=0\ \forall j\notin\mathcal J\Big\}.dH​(x;J)=argdmin​{∇f(x)Td+21​dTHd+cP(x+d) ​ dj​=0 ∀j∈/J}.

The CGD method starts at x0∈dom⁡Px^0\in\operatorname{dom}Px0∈domP, chooses at each iteration kkk a block Jk\mathcal J^kJk and a matrix HkH^kHk, computes dk=dHk(xk;Jk)d^k=d_{H^k}(x^k;\mathcal J^k)dk=dHk​(xk;Jk), and sets xk+1=xk+αkdkx^{k+1}=x^k+\alpha^kd^kxk+1=xk+αkdk. The Armijo rule takes αk\alpha^kαk as the largest element of {αinitkβj}j≥0\{\alpha^k_{\rm init}\beta^j\}_{j\ge0}{αinitk​βj}j≥0​ with

Fc(xk+αkdk)≤Fc(xk)+αkσΔk,Δk=∇f(xk)Tdk+γ dkTHkdk+cP(xk+dk)−cP(xk),F_c(x^k+\alpha^kd^k)\le F_c(x^k)+\alpha^k\sigma\Delta^k,\qquad \Delta^k=\nabla f(x^k)^Td^k+\gamma\,d^{kT}H^kd^k+cP(x^k+d^k)-cP(x^k),Fc​(xk+αkdk)≤Fc​(xk)+αkσΔk,Δk=∇f(xk)Tdk+γdkTHkdk+cP(xk+dk)−cP(xk),

with 0<β,σ<10<\beta,\sigma<10<β,σ<1 and 0≤γ<10\le\gamma<10≤γ<1. The restricted Gauss–Seidel rule (12) asks for indices 0=t0<t1<⋯0=t_0<t_1<\cdots0=t0​<t1​<⋯ (the set T\mathcal TT) such that the blocks used during each cycle ti≤k<ti+1t_i\le k<t_{i+1}ti​≤k<ti+1​ are pairwise disjoint and cover N\mathcal NN. PPP is block-separable with respect to J\mathcal JJ if P(x)=PJ(xJ)+PJC(xJC)P(x)=P_{\mathcal J}(x_{\mathcal J})+P_{\mathcal J^C}(x_{\mathcal J^C})P(x)=PJ​(xJ​)+PJC​(xJC​).

The analysis uses three assumptions: ∇f\nabla f∇f is LLL-Lipschitz on dom⁡P\operatorname{dom}PdomP (22); Assumption 1, λˉI⪰Hk⪰λ‾I\bar\lambda I\succeq H^k\succeq\underline\lambda IλˉI⪰Hk⪰λ​I with 0<λ‾≤λˉ0<\underline\lambda\le\bar\lambda0<λ​≤λˉ; and Assumption 2. Writing Xˉ\bar XXˉ for the set of stationary points of FcF_cFc​ and dI(x)d_I(x)dI​(x) for the full direction with H=IH=IH=I, Assumption 2 says (a) Xˉ≠∅\bar X\ne\emptysetXˉ=∅ and the local Lipschitzian error bound dist⁡(x,Xˉ)≤τ∥dI(x)∥\operatorname{dist}(x,\bar X)\le\tau\|d_I(x)\|dist(x,Xˉ)≤τ∥dI​(x)∥ holds on every level set {Fc≤ζ}\{F_c\le\zeta\}{Fc​≤ζ} wherever ∥dI(x)∥≤ϵ\|d_I(x)\|\le\epsilon∥dI​(x)∥≤ϵ; (b) stationary points with different objective values are at least a fixed distance δ>0\delta>0δ>0 apart.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2(b)

Under (22), Assumptions 1 and 2, the restricted Gauss–Seidel rule, block-separability of PPP with respect to every Jk\mathcal J^kJk, and Armijo steps with sup⁡kαinitk≤1\sup_k\alpha^k_{\rm init}\le1supk​αinitk​≤1 and inf⁡kαinitk>0\inf_k\alpha^k_{\rm init}>0infk​αinitk​>0:

{Fc(xk)}↓−∞or({Fc(xk)}T Q-linear and {xk}T R-linear).\{F_c(x^k)\}\downarrow-\infty\quad\text{or}\quad\big(\{F_c(x^k)\}_{\mathcal T}\ \text{Q-linear}\ \text{and}\ \{x^k\}_{\mathcal T}\ \text{R-linear}\big).{Fc​(xk)}↓−∞or({Fc​(xk)}T​ Q-linear and {xk}T​ R-linear).

No rate constant is fixed: the goal asserts the shape of the convergence, so it is not invalidated by sharper constants.

Milestones

Lemma 4 (Hölder dependence of the subproblem's solution on its linear term), Lemma 5(a) (a per-block variational inequality), Lemma 5(b) (an explicit stepsize at which the Armijo test passes), Theorem 1(f) (Armijo stepsizes bounded away from zero, Δk→0\Delta^k\to0Δk→0, dk→0d^k\to0dk→0), and Theorem 2(a) (the residual ∥dI(xk)∥\|d_I(x^k)\|∥dI​(xk)∥ at the start of a cycle is bounded by the step lengths of the cycle).

Significance

Theorem 2(b) gives a linear rate for a block coordinate method on a nonsmooth, possibly nonconvex composite problem without strong convexity: the rate follows from the error bound, which holds for a large class of problems studied in §6 of the paper (the third mission of this series).

The theorem is proved in the paper; none of it has been machine-checked, as far as a search of the Prove2Me library shows. Formalizing it requires a reusable treatment of extended-valued convex functions through their effective domains, of the coordinate-restricted proximal subproblem, and of the Armijo rule for composite objectives. The milestones Lemma 4 and Lemma 5 are self-contained facts about this subproblem and are reusable for other proximal coordinate methods.

Difficulty

The classical route to a linear rate, as in Luo and Tseng's smooth analysis, derives Fc(xk+1)−υˉ≤τ′∥xk+1−xk∥2F_c(x^{k+1})-\bar\upsilon\le\tau'\|x^{k+1}-x^k\|^2Fc​(xk+1)−υˉ≤τ′∥xk+1−xk∥2 from the error bound, where υˉ\bar\upsilonυˉ is the limit value. With a nonsmooth PPP this inequality is not available: the authors say so on p. 405, and work with −Δk-\Delta^k−Δk in place of the quadratic term. A second obstacle is that the error bound controls the full residual dI(xk)d_I(x^k)dI​(xk), while each iteration only computes a block direction at a different point; relating the two over a cycle needs the disjointness of the blocks in the restricted rule and block-separability of PPP. Neither the global analysis nor the error bound alone gives the rate.

Formalization scope

ℜn\Re^nℜn is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n), with 0-based coordinates. The extended-valued PPP is encoded as a pair: its effective domain D=dom⁡PD=\operatorname{dom}PD=domP and its finite values on DDD, with "proper convex lsc" given by the published definition ProxNewton.Inexact.IsProperClosedConvex; FcF_cFc​ is never evaluated off DDD, and every statement carries membership in DDD explicitly. The direction dH(x;J)d_H(x;\mathcal J)dH​(x;J) is the unique minimizer of (6) when x∈Dx\in Dx∈D and H≻0H\succ0H≻0 (chosen by Classical.epsilon), and runs of the method carry the minimizer property itself. The Armijo rule takes the first admissible exponent jjj. T\mathcal TT is a strictly increasing map ttt with t0=0t_0=0t0​=0. Stationarity is Fc′(x;d)≥0F_c'(x;d)\ge0Fc′​(x;d)≥0 for all ddd, in liminf form. In Assumption 2, dist⁡\operatorname{dist}dist is the infimum distance and "for any ζ≥min⁡Fc\zeta\ge\min F_cζ≥minFc​" is "for every real ζ\zetaζ" (equivalent, since the condition is empty below inf⁡Fc\inf F_cinfFc​). Q-linear convergence includes convergence of the sequence; R-linear convergence is ∥xti−xˉ∥≤Cqi\|x^{t_i}-\bar x\|\le Cq^i∥xti​−xˉ∥≤Cqi with q<1q<1q<1. The rates in the goal are along T\mathcal TT, as the paper states.

Explicit choices relative to the printed text:

  • Theorem 2(a) is corrected. As printed, ∥dI(xk)∥≤sup⁡jαj C rk\|d_I(x^k)\|\le\sup_j\alpha^j\,C\,r^k∥dI​(xk)∥≤supj​αjCrk fails for small constant stepsizes and fails without block-separability (counterexamples in the item's statement). The milestone states ∥dI(xk)∥≤max⁡{1,sup⁡jαj} C rk\|d_I(x^k)\|\le\max\{1,\sup_j\alpha^j\}\,C\,r^k∥dI​(xk)∥≤max{1,supj​αj}Crk under block-separability of PPP with respect to every Jk\mathcal J^kJk (both are what the paper's proof gives and what Theorem 2(b) supplies), with the iterates in dom⁡P\operatorname{dom}PdomP, and with CCC quantified before the problem data, so it depends only on n,L,λ‾,λˉn,L,\underline\lambda,\bar\lambdan,L,λ​,λˉ.
  • Lemma 5(b)'s range 0≤α≤min⁡{1,2λ‾(1−σ+σγ)/L}0\le\alpha\le\min\{1,2\underline\lambda(1-\sigma+\sigma\gamma)/L\}0≤α≤min{1,2λ​(1−σ+σγ)/L} is stated as 0≤α≤10\le\alpha\le10≤α≤1 and αL≤2λ‾(1−σ+σγ)\alpha L\le2\underline\lambda(1-\sigma+\sigma\gamma)αL≤2λ​(1−σ+σγ), so that L=0L=0L=0 gives [0,1][0,1][0,1] as on paper rather than {0}\{0\}{0}.
  • Lemma 5(a) holds for every decomposition of PPP in (20), and xˉ\bar xxˉ ranges over dom⁡PJ\operatorname{dom}P_{\mathcal J}domPJ​ (outside it the left side is −∞-\infty−∞).
  • "lim⁡Fc(xk)>−∞\lim F_c(x^k)>-\inftylimFc​(xk)>−∞" is "the values Fc(xk)F_c(x^k)Fc​(xk) are bounded below"; "{Fc(xk)}↓−∞\{F_c(x^k)\}\downarrow-\infty{Fc​(xk)}↓−∞" is "nonincreasing and tending to −∞-\infty−∞"; suprema and infima of stepsizes are explicit bounds.

A statement that replaces Assumption 2 by strong convexity, claims a rate along the whole sequence rather than along T\mathcal TT, or asserts the Q-linear contraction without convergence to a limit is not this theorem and is out of scope.

Lemma 1, the claim after (10), Lemma 3 and Theorem 1(a), which the proof also uses, are milestones of the first mission of this series and are not restated here. Theorem 3 (the same conclusion along the whole sequence for the Gauss–Southwell-q rule) is not included: its proof is omitted in the paper. Contributions welcome: proofs of the milestones, and general facts about the coordinate-restricted proximal subproblem (existence and uniqueness of dH(x;J)d_H(x;\mathcal J)dH​(x;J), optimality conditions) that the milestones rely on.

Selected references

  • P. Tseng and S. Yun, A coordinate gradient descent method for nonsmooth separable minimization, Mathematical Programming Ser. B 117 (2009) 387–423. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-007-0170-0
  • Z.-Q. Luo and P. Tseng, Error bounds and convergence analysis of feasible descent methods: a general approach, Annals of Operations Research 46 (1993) 157–178. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF02096261
  • J. M. Ortega and W. C. Rheinboldt, Iterative Solution of Nonlinear Equations in Several Variables, Academic Press, 1970, Chap. 9 (Q- and R-linear convergence). https://doi.org/10.1137/1.9780898719468
  • R. T. Rockafellar and R. J.-B. Wets, Variational Analysis, Springer, 1998. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-642-02431-3
9 thms1 active userReviewed
Dynamic ProgrammingOperations ResearchProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Negative Dynamic Programming III: If the Actions Are Essentially Finite, Value Iteration from Zero Converges to the Optimal Return and a Stationary Policy Is OptimalResearch Paper

Motivation

A dynamic programming problem in Blackwell's sense describes a controller who observes the state of a system, picks an action, collects a return, and watches the system move at random to a new state, forever. Blackwell treated the discounted case, with a bounded return and a discount factor below one (Blackwell 1965), and the positive bounded case. Strauch's paper (Strauch 1966) studies the third case, the negative case: the return is non-positive and there is no discounting. Equivalently, a non-negative cost is minimized over an infinite horizon. This is the setting of stochastic shortest-path, optimal stopping with costs, and many inventory and search problems in which the total cost may be infinite.

In the negative case two standard tools of the discounted theory break down. An optimal policy need not exist, and the natural algorithm, value iteration from the zero function, need not converge to the optimal return. Strauch's §9 gives a condition on the action sets, essential finiteness, under which both are restored. The introduction (p. 872) summarizes the finite case: "In the negative case, … if A is finite, there is an optimal policy (Section 9)." In the later terminology of Bertsekas and Shreve (1978), Strauch's negative case is their positive-cost model, for which value iteration from zero is known to require such finiteness or compactness conditions.

Setting

The state space SSS and the action space AAA are non-empty Borel sets. The law of motion q(⋅∣s,a)q(\cdot\mid s,a)q(⋅∣s,a) is a probability measure on SSS depending measurably on (s,a)(s,a)(s,a). The return r(s,a,t)r(s,a,t)r(s,a,t), collected when action aaa is taken in state sss and the next state is ttt, is a Borel function with −∞<r≤0-\infty<r\le 0−∞<r≤0 and ∫r(s,a,t) dq(t∣s,a)>−∞\int r(s,a,t)\,dq(t\mid s,a)>-\infty∫r(s,a,t)dq(t∣s,a)>−∞ for every (s,a)(s,a)(s,a).

A policy π=(π1,π2,… )\pi=(\pi_1,\pi_2,\dots)π=(π1​,π2​,…) chooses the nnnth action at random, with a law depending measurably on the whole history (s1,a1,…,sn)(s_1,a_1,\dots,s_n)(s1​,a1​,…,sn​). A Markov policy (f1,f2,… )(f_1,f_2,\dots)(f1​,f2​,…) is a sequence of measurable maps S→AS\to AS→A; the stationary policy f(∞)f^{(\infty)}f(∞) uses one map fff at every stage. The expected return from the initial state sss is

I(π)(s)=∑n=1∞π1q⋯πnq r (s)∈[−∞,0],I(\pi)(s)=\sum_{n=1}^\infty \pi_1q\cdots\pi_nq\,r\,(s)\in[-\infty,0],I(π)(s)=n=1∑∞​π1​q⋯πn​qr(s)∈[−∞,0],

the sum of the expected stage returns. The optimal return is v∗=sup⁡πI(π)v^*=\sup_\pi I(\pi)v∗=supπ​I(π), over all policies, and π∗\pi^*π∗ is optimal if I(π∗)≥v∗I(\pi^*)\ge v^*I(π∗)≥v∗ at every state.

For a measurable f:S→Af:S\to Af:S→A and a non-positive Borel uuu, the operator TTT of fff is

Tu(s)=∫[r(s,f(s),t)+u(t)] dq(t∣s,f(s)),Tu(s)=\int\big[r(s,f(s),t)+u(t)\big]\,dq(t\mid s,f(s)),Tu(s)=∫[r(s,f(s),t)+u(t)]dq(t∣s,f(s)),

and the operator of a Markov policy π∗=(f1,f2,… )\pi^*=(f_1,f_2,\dots)π∗=(f1​,f2​,…) is Uu=sup⁡nTnuUu=\sup_nT_nuUu=supn​Tn​u, with TnT_nTn​ the operator of fnf_nfn​. Value iteration is the sequence Un0U^n0Un0.

Actions aaa and bbb are equivalent at sss if r(s,a,⋅)=r(s,b,⋅)r(s,a,\cdot)=r(s,b,\cdot)r(s,a,⋅)=r(s,b,⋅) and q(⋅∣s,a)=q(⋅∣s,b)q(\cdot\mid s,a)=q(\cdot\mid s,b)q(⋅∣s,a)=q(⋅∣s,b). AAA is essentially finite by π∗\pi^*π∗ if there is a partition of SSS into Borel sets S1,S2,…S_1,S_2,\dotsS1​,S2​,… such that for s∈Sns\in S_ns∈Sn​ every action is equivalent at sss to one of f1(s),…,fn(s)f_1(s),\dots,f_n(s)f1​(s),…,fn​(s). A finite AAA is essentially finite by any Markov policy whose first ∣A∣|A|∣A∣ rules are the constant rules.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 9.1 (N), p. 887

If AAA is essentially finite by π∗\pi^*π∗ and UUU is the operator of π∗\pi^*π∗, then

Un0(s)→n→∞v∗(s)=sup⁡πI(π)(s)for every s,and∃f: I(f(∞))≥v∗.U^n0(s)\xrightarrow[n\to\infty]{}v^*(s)=\sup_\pi I(\pi)(s)\quad\text{for every } s,\qquad\text{and}\qquad \exists f:\ I(f^{(\infty)})\ge v^*.Un0(s)n→∞​v∗(s)=πsup​I(π)(s)for every s,and∃f: I(f(∞))≥v∗.

Both parts are kept together, as printed. The goal fixes no constants and no rate.

Milestones

  1. Lemma 6.1 (N), p. 880. For every Markov policy π^\hat\piπ^ with operator UUU, lim⁡nUn0\lim_nU^n0limn​Un0 exists and
lim⁡nUn0 ≥ sup⁡π∈G(π^)I(π) ≥ sup⁡f(∞)∈G(π^)I(f(∞)),\lim_nU^n0\ \ge\ \sup_{\pi\in G(\hat\pi)}I(\pi)\ \ge\ \sup_{f^{(\infty)}\in G(\hat\pi)}I(f^{(\infty)}),nlim​Un0 ≥ π∈G(π^)sup​I(π) ≥ f(∞)∈G(π^)sup​I(f(∞)),

where G(π^)G(\hat\pi)G(π^) is the set of π^\hat\piπ^-generated policies (each rule equal to fnf_nfn​ on the nnnth piece of a Borel partition). 2. Proof of Theorem 8.4, p. 887. sup⁡πI(π)=sup⁡{I(π^)∣π^ Markov}\sup_\pi I(\pi)=\sup\{I(\hat\pi)\mid\hat\pi\text{ Markov}\}supπ​I(π)=sup{I(π^)∣π^ Markov} pointwise. 3. Proof of Theorem 9.1, p. 887, first step. Under essential finiteness, Un0U^n0Un0 is non-increasing and I(π)≤v∞:=lim⁡nUn0I(\pi)\le v^\infty:=\lim_nU^n0I(π)≤v∞:=limn​Un0 for every policy π\piπ. 4. Proof of Theorem 9.1, p. 887, second step. Under essential finiteness, Uv∞≥v∞Uv^\infty\ge v^\inftyUv∞≥v∞.

Inside the proof of Theorem 9.1 the paper writes v∗v^*v∗ for lim⁡nUn0\lim_nU^n0limn​Un0; the mission writes v∞v^\inftyv∞ for it and reserves v∗v^*v∗ for sup⁡πI(π)\sup_\pi I(\pi)supπ​I(π).

An optional extra item states the introduction's special case: if AAA is finite, an optimal policy exists (§1, p. 872).

Significance

Theorem 9.1 gives, in the negative case, both a computational and an existential conclusion. Value iteration from zero computes the optimal return, so the optimal total cost of an essentially finite problem is the limit of the optimal finite-horizon costs. An optimal policy exists and can be taken stationary, so the controller needs only a single measurable decision rule. Without a hypothesis of this kind neither conclusion holds in the negative case; Example 6.1 of the paper exhibits a problem where the limit of value iteration, the best return among generated policies, and the best stationary return all differ.

The result is proved in the paper. What the mission adds is a machine-checked statement and, eventually, proof of it on general Borel spaces, with the return allowed to equal −∞-\infty−∞. Blackwell's discounted analogue already has a published statement on Prove2Me (DiscountedDP.Stationary.theorem7b_optimal_stationary), in a bounded-return model; the negative case is a separate statement in a separate model. No formalization of the negative case is known to exist.

Difficulty

The discounted proof rests on the contraction property of UUU in the supremum norm, and in the negative case that property is missing: returns are unbounded below and there is no discount. The obvious argument, "Un0U^n0Un0 decreases to some v∞v^\inftyv∞, and v∞v^\inftyv∞ is the optimal return because finite-horizon play approximates infinite play", fails at the second step. The finite-horizon optimum can stay strictly above the infinite-horizon optimum, because a policy can postpone a cost beyond every fixed horizon; this is exactly the gap Example 6.1 exhibits. Closing it needs the essential finiteness of the actions together with the reduction of arbitrary policies to Markov ones (milestone 2), whose proof in the paper passes through the measurable-selection results of §7–§8.

Formalization scope

  • The state and action spaces are non-empty standard Borel types; "Baire function" means Borel measurable.
  • The law of motion is a Markov kernel; the return is real-valued, non-positive, Borel, and integrable against every q(⋅∣s,a)q(\cdot\mid s,a)q(⋅∣s,a) (the paper's r>−∞r>-\inftyr>−∞ and qr>−∞qr>-\inftyqr>−∞).
  • Returns live in EReal and are computed as minus the lintegral of the loss −r-r−r, which keeps the value −∞-\infty−∞. I(π)I(\pi)I(π) is the sum over stages of the expected stage loss, which equals the paper's integral over futures by monotone convergence.
  • v∗v^*v∗ is the supremum over every randomized history-dependent plan, never over Markov or stationary policies only, and it is not defined through UUU. Defining v∗v^*v∗ as lim⁡nUn0\lim_nU^n0limn​Un0 would make part (a) of the goal hold by unfolding; this trivializing formalization is excluded.
  • Optimality is against every plan, at every state.
  • UUU is the operator of the fixed π∗\pi^*π∗ of the hypothesis, applied from the zero function; convergence is pointwise in EReal.
  • Stages are numbered from 000 in Lean. Essential finiteness is zero-based: Lean's piece nnn is the paper's Sn+1S_{n+1}Sn+1​ and allows the rules f1,…,fn+1f_1,\dots,f_{n+1}f1​,…,fn+1​. The pieces are measurable, pairwise disjoint and cover SSS; empty pieces are allowed, as in the paper.
  • Explicit choices: the existence of lim⁡Un0\lim U^n0limUn0 in Lemma 6.1 is part of the statement; the limit in the steps of Theorem 9.1 is written as the infimum of the non-increasing sequence.
  • Only the negative case is formalized; the paper's discounted and positive parts are not.

Policies, Markov policies, stationary policies and π^\hat\piπ^-generated rules come from the published definitions DiscountedDP.Stationary.Model, .Return and .Operators; the negative model is defined locally because the published Problem has a bounded return and a discount factor below one. A complete development needs the Ionescu-Tulcea construction of the history laws (already encoded as iterated composition products), monotone convergence for kernels, the measurable-selection step behind milestone 2, and a pigeonhole argument over the essentially finite action classes. The model and the Markov-reduction milestone are reusable by the other missions of this series. Proofs of any milestone, and alternative routes to milestone 2, are welcome.

Selected references

  • R. E. Strauch, Negative Dynamic Programming, The Annals of Mathematical Statistics 37(4), 871–890, 1966. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoms/1177699369
  • D. Blackwell, Discounted Dynamic Programming, The Annals of Mathematical Statistics 36(1), 226–235, 1965. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoms/1177700285
  • D. P. Bertsekas and S. E. Shreve, Stochastic Optimal Control: The Discrete-Time Case, Academic Press, 1978. http://web.mit.edu/dimitrib/www/soc.html
11 thms1 active userReviewed
Numerical Analysis·Captain: mikedeng1

Convergence Analysis of Some Algorithms for Solving Nonsmooth Equations III: A Descent Method with ‖d^k‖ ≤ p‖F(x^k)‖ Converges to Any BD-Regular Zero Among Its Limit PointsResearch Paper

Motivation

Many problems in optimization and equilibrium modelling reduce to a system of nonsmooth equations F(x)=0F(x)=0F(x)=0 with F:Rn→RnF:\mathbb R^n\to\mathbb R^nF:Rn→Rn locally Lipschitz but not differentiable: reformulations of nonlinear complementarity problems, variational inequalities and Karush–Kuhn–Tucker systems through the min⁡\minmin function or piecewise smooth maps. Newton-type methods for such systems replace the Jacobian by a directional derivative or a generalized Jacobian and globalize with a line search on the residual ∥F(x)∥\|F(x)\|∥F(x)∥.

Global convergence theory for these methods typically shows that every accumulation point of the iterates is a zero of FFF (or a stationary point of 12∥F∥2\tfrac12\|F\|^221​∥F∥2). That leaves open whether the whole sequence converges. L. Qi's 1993 paper in Mathematics of Operations Research (DOI 10.1287/moor.18.1.227) answers this with an attraction theorem: a zero with a nondegenerate directional derivative, once approached, captures the whole sequence of any descent method whose steps are controlled by the residual.

Timeline. Robinson (1987) introduced the B-derivative (as recounted on p. 229 of Qi's paper); Pang (1990, DOI 10.1287/moor.15.2.311) proposed the damped B-derivative Newton method and proved a global convergence theorem under strong conditions at the limit point; Han, Pang and Rangaraj (1992, DOI 10.1287/moor.17.3.586) gave two further globally convergent descent algorithms; Qi and Sun (1993, DOI 10.1007/BF01581275) developed the semismooth Newton method. Qi's 1993 §5 shows that, for convergence of the entire sequence to a zero, BD-regularity at that zero suffices for all three methods, without semismoothness.

Setting

Throughout, F:Rn→RnF:\mathbb R^n\to\mathbb R^nF:Rn→Rn is locally Lipschitz and ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\|∥⋅∥ is the Euclidean norm. The directional derivative of FFF at xxx in direction hhh is the one-sided limit

F′(x;h)=lim⁡t↓0F(x+th)−F(x)t.F'(x;h)=\lim_{t\downarrow 0}\frac{F(x+th)-F(x)}{t}.F′(x;h)=t↓0lim​tF(x+th)−F(x)​.

FFF is directionally differentiable at xxx if this limit exists for every hhh, and B-differentiable at xxx if moreover

F(x+h)=F(x)+F′(x;h)+o(∥h∥)(h→0).(2.2)F(x+h)=F(x)+F'(x;h)+o(\|h\|)\qquad(h\to 0). \tag{2.2}F(x+h)=F(x)+F′(x;h)+o(∥h∥)(h→0).(2.2)

FFF is BD-regular at xxx if it is directionally differentiable there and F′(x;h)≠0F'(x;h)\ne 0F′(x;h)=0 for every h≠0h\ne 0h=0.

A descent direction method produces iterates xk+1=xk+αkdkx^{k+1}=x^k+\alpha_kd^kxk+1=xk+αk​dk with step sizes αk≥0\alpha_k\ge 0αk​≥0 and directions dkd^kdk, and is monotone in the residual:

∥F(xk+1)∥≤∥F(xk)∥.(5.1)\|F(x^{k+1})\|\le\|F(x^k)\|. \tag{5.1}∥F(xk+1)∥≤∥F(xk)∥.(5.1)

A point x∗x^*x∗ is a limiting point of {xk}\{x^k\}{xk} if some subsequence converges to it.

The damped Newton method (Algorithm 4.1) is the special case where dkd^kdk solves F(xk)+F′(xk;dk)=0F(x^k)+F'(x^k;d^k)=0F(xk)+F′(xk;dk)=0 and αk=βmks\alpha_k=\beta^{m_k}sαk​=βmk​s is chosen by the Armijo rule on g=12∥F∥2g=\tfrac12\|F\|^2g=21​∥F∥2.

Formalization targets

Goal: the attraction theorem (Theorem 5.1)

Let FFF be locally Lipschitz and B-differentiable, {xk}\{x^k\}{xk} a descent direction method satisfying (5.1), and x∗x^*x∗ a limiting point of {xk}\{x^k\}{xk} with F(x∗)=0F(x^*)=0F(x∗)=0 and FFF BD-regular at x∗x^*x∗. If there are δ1,s,p>0\delta_1,s,p>0δ1​,s,p>0 such that ∥xk−x∗∥≤δ1\|x^k-x^*\|\le\delta_1∥xk−x∗∥≤δ1​ implies αk≤s\alpha_k\le sαk​≤s and

∥dk∥≤p ∥F(xk)∥,(5.2)\|d^k\|\le p\,\|F(x^k)\|, \tag{5.2}∥dk∥≤p∥F(xk)∥,(5.2)

then

xk→x∗.x^k\to x^*.xk→x∗.

Milestones

  1. Lemma 2.4. BD-regularity at xxx gives a constant ccc with ∥h∥≤c∥F′(x;h)∥\|h\|\le c\|F'(x;h)\|∥h∥≤c∥F′(x;h)∥ for all hhh.
  2. The local error bound (5.5). Near a B-differentiable zero x∗x^*x∗ with the constant ccc of Lemma 2.4, ∥x−x∗∥≤2c∥F(x)∥\|x-x^*\|\le 2c\|F(x)\|∥x−x∗∥≤2c∥F(x)∥.
  3. The trapping step. For small ϵ\epsilonϵ, the set N(x∗,ϵ)={x:∥x−x∗∥≤ϵ, ∥F(x)∥≤ϵ/(2c+sp)}N(x^*,\epsilon)=\{x:\|x-x^*\|\le\epsilon,\ \|F(x)\|\le\epsilon/(2c+sp)\}N(x∗,ϵ)={x:∥x−x∗∥≤ϵ, ∥F(x)∥≤ϵ/(2c+sp)} is invariant under one step of the method.

Companions

  • Corollary 5.2: a run of the damped Newton method with an accumulation point x∗x^*x∗ that is a zero, at which ∥h∥≤c∥F′(x;h)∥\|h\|\le c\|F'(x;h)\|∥h∥≤c∥F′(x;h)∥ holds uniformly for xxx near x∗x^*x∗, converges to x∗x^*x∗.
  • Proposition 2.5: a BD-regular, semismooth zero is locally unique.
  • The Han–Pang–Rangaraj bounds: the two direction-finding subproblems of Han, Pang and Rangaraj satisfy (5.2), with p=1/lp=1/lp=1/l and p=2L1/c1p=2L_1/c_1p=2L1​/c1​.

Significance

The result. Global convergence theorems for line-search methods usually stop at "every accumulation point is a zero". The attraction theorem upgrades that to convergence of the entire sequence whenever the zero is BD-regular, under assumptions that are checked locally and that hold for several algorithms at once. For the damped Newton method it removes the semismoothness assumption needed for the superlinear local theory, at the price of saying nothing about the rate. The same pattern (local error bound plus residual-controlled steps gives capture) recurs in the convergence analysis of Levenberg–Marquardt and projection-type methods.

Formalizing it. The result is proved in the paper; to our knowledge none of it has been machine-checked. The formalization needs the one-sided directional derivative and B-differentiability, the passage from BD-regularity to a uniform constant, and the trapping argument for sequences with cluster points. These pieces are reusable for any convergence proof of nonsmooth Newton-type methods.

Difficulty

The obvious argument says: near x∗x^*x∗, steps are small because ∥F∥\|F\|∥F∥ is small, so the iterates cannot leave. This fails as stated: a small residual at xkx^kxk does not by itself prevent xkx^kxk from being far from x∗x^*x∗, and without a lower bound of ∥F(x)∥\|F(x)\|∥F(x)∥ in terms of ∥x−x∗∥\|x-x^*\|∥x−x∗∥ the iterates could drift along a set where FFF is small. The step that needs work is the error bound (5.5), which requires a uniform constant from the pointwise condition F′(x∗;h)≠0F'(x^*;h)\ne0F′(x∗;h)=0, valid in a whole neighbourhood of x∗x^*x∗ and not only along the directions the iterates happen to take. The set N(x∗,ϵ)N(x^*,\epsilon)N(x∗,ϵ) must also be chosen so that both its defining inequalities are preserved, which ties the radius to the residual through 2c+sp2c+sp2c+sp.

Formalization scope

Points of Rn\mathbb R^nRn are EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n); norms are 2-norms; n=0n=0n=0 is allowed. The directional derivative is the published one-sided NonsmoothNewton.Local.dirDeriv; every statement that evaluates it does so at a point where existence is assumed (BD-regularity, B-differentiability), so the junk value of an undefined limit never enters. "Limiting point" is a cluster point of the sequence, not its limit. Condition (5.2) is assumed only for iterates within δ1\delta_1δ1​ of x∗x^*x∗, as on the page.

Standing assumption and added hypotheses:

  • local Lipschitz continuity of FFF (§1 of the paper) is a hypothesis of every theorem;
  • αk≥0\alpha_k\ge 0αk​≥0 for all kkk is added in Theorem 5.1 and the trapping step: "descent direction method" carries nonnegative steps implicitly, and the proof's bound αk∥dk∥≤sp∥F(xk)∥\alpha_k\|d^k\|\le sp\|F(x^k)\|αk​∥dk∥≤sp∥F(xk)∥ needs it;
  • in the second Han–Pang–Rangaraj bound, c1>0c_1>0c1​>0 is stated (the page divides by it), the codomain of GGG is Rn\mathbb R^nRn (the page prints R\mathcal RR), and the constant is 2L1/c12L_1/c_12L1​/c1​ (the page's display has cL1/c1cL_1/c_1cL1​/c1​ before setting p=2L1/c1p=2L_1/c_1p=2L1​/c1​).

A trivializing formalization is ruled out: the goal does not assume that xkx^kxk converges, that {xk}\{x^k\}{xk} is bounded, that (5.2) holds globally, or that FFF is semismooth; the hypotheses are jointly satisfiable (for F=idF=\mathrm{id}F=id, xk=2−kvx^{k}=2^{-k}vxk=2−kv, dk=−xkd^k=-x^kdk=−xk, αk=12\alpha_k=\tfrac12αk​=21​).

Definitions needed: directional differentiability, B-differentiability, BD-regularity, and for Corollary 5.2 the norm function, the Armijo test (4.1) and runs of Algorithm 4.1. Contributions to the general theory of one-sided directional derivatives of locally Lipschitz maps (Lipschitz continuity and positive homogeneity of F′(x;⋅)F'(x;\cdot)F′(x;⋅)) are welcome and will serve the companion missions of this series.

Selected references

  • L. Qi, Convergence analysis of some algorithms for solving nonsmooth equations, Mathematics of Operations Research 18(1):227–244, 1993. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.18.1.227
  • L. Qi and J. Sun, A nonsmooth version of Newton's method, Mathematical Programming 58:353–367, 1993. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF01581275
  • J.-S. Pang, Newton's method for B-differentiable equations, Mathematics of Operations Research 15(2):311–341, 1990. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.15.2.311
  • S.-P. Han, J.-S. Pang and N. Rangaraj, Globally convergent Newton methods for nonsmooth equations, Mathematics of Operations Research 17(3):586–607, 1992. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.17.3.586
8 thms1 active userReviewed
Numerical Analysis·Captain: mikedeng1

Convergence Properties of the Nelder–Mead Simplex Method in Low Dimensions III: In Dimension 2, the Standard Method's Vertex Values Share One Limit and Simplex Diameters Tend to ZeroResearch Paper

Motivation

The Nelder–Mead simplex method (Nelder and Mead, 1965) minimizes a function f:Rn→Rf:\mathbb R^n\to\mathbb Rf:Rn→R using function values only. It is among the most widely used derivative-free methods in practice, built into standard numerical libraries, and for decades it had essentially no convergence theory. Lagarias, Reeds, Wright and Wright (1998) gave the first systematic analysis of the method with fully specified tie-breaking rules. Their results are limited to low dimensions, and the limits are genuine: McKinnon (1998) constructed strictly convex functions on R2\mathbb R^2R2 with continuous derivatives on which the method converges to a point that is not the minimizer.

This mission formalizes the paper's two-dimensional analysis (§5) together with the general-dimension facts of §3 on which it rests. A companion series of missions treats the one-dimensional results of §4.

Setting

Fix coefficients of reflection ρ\rhoρ, expansion χ\chiχ, contraction γ\gammaγ and shrinkage σ\sigmaσ with

ρ>0,χ>1,χ>ρ,0<γ<1,0<σ<1(2.1).\rho>0,\quad \chi>1,\quad \chi>\rho,\quad 0<\gamma<1,\quad 0<\sigma<1\qquad(2.1).ρ>0,χ>1,χ>ρ,0<γ<1,0<σ<1(2.1).

A simplex in Rn\mathbb R^nRn is a list of n+1n+1n+1 vertices x1,…,xn+1x_1,\dots,x_{n+1}x1​,…,xn+1​, ordered so that f(x1)≤⋯≤f(xn+1)f(x_1)\le\dots\le f(x_{n+1})f(x1​)≤⋯≤f(xn+1​); x1x_1x1​ is the best, xnx_nxn​ the next-worst and xn+1x_{n+1}xn+1​ the worst vertex, and fi=f(xi)f_i=f(x_i)fi​=f(xi​). With xˉ=1n∑i≤nxi\bar x=\frac1n\sum_{i\le n}x_ixˉ=n1​∑i≤n​xi​, the trial points are z(τ)=(1+τ)xˉ−τxn+1z(\tau)=(1+\tau)\bar x-\tau x_{n+1}z(τ)=(1+τ)xˉ−τxn+1​; reflection, expansion, outside and inside contraction use τ=ρ, ρχ, ργ, −γ\tau=\rho,\ \rho\chi,\ \rho\gamma,\ -\gammaτ=ρ, ρχ, ργ, −γ.

One iteration of Algorithm NM computes fr=f(z(ρ))f_r=f(z(\rho))fr​=f(z(ρ)) and then: accepts xrx_rxr​ if f1≤fr<fnf_1\le f_r<f_nf1​≤fr​<fn​; if fr<f1f_r<f_1fr​<f1​, accepts the better of xe=z(ρχ)x_e=z(\rho\chi)xe​=z(ρχ) and xrx_rxr​ (the expansion point only if fe<frf_e<f_rfe​<fr​); if fn≤fr<fn+1f_n\le f_r<f_{n+1}fn​≤fr​<fn+1​, accepts xc=z(ργ)x_c=z(\rho\gamma)xc​=z(ργ) if fc≤frf_c\le f_rfc​≤fr​; if fr≥fn+1f_r\ge f_{n+1}fr​≥fn+1​, accepts xcc=z(−γ)x_{cc}=z(-\gamma)xcc​=z(−γ) if fcc<fn+1f_{cc}<f_{n+1}fcc​<fn+1​. If no point is accepted, it shrinks: every vertex xix_ixi​ is replaced by x1+σ(xi−x1)x_1+\sigma(x_i-x_1)x1​+σ(xi​−x1​). An accepted point replaces xn+1x_{n+1}xn+1​ and is inserted after every remaining vertex with value ≤\le≤ its own; after a shrink, the new vertices are reordered, with x1x_1x1​ kept first if no new vertex beats it. A run is a sequence Δ0,Δ1,…\Delta_0,\Delta_1,\dotsΔ0​,Δ1​,… of simplices produced by successive iterations.

The edge matrix of a simplex is M=(x1−xn+1 ⋯ xn−xn+1)M=(x_1-x_{n+1}\ \cdots\ x_n-x_{n+1})M=(x1​−xn+1​ ⋯ xn​−xn+1​), the simplex is nondegenerate if det⁡M≠0\det M\ne0detM=0, its volume is vol⁡(Δ)=∣det⁡M∣/n!\operatorname{vol}(\Delta)=|\det M|/n!vol(Δ)=∣detM∣/n!, and its diameter is diam⁡(Δ)=max⁡i≠j∥xi−xj∥\operatorname{diam}(\Delta)=\max_{i\neq j}\|x_i-x_j\|diam(Δ)=maxi=j​∥xi​−xj​∥. A function has bounded level sets if every {x:f(x)≤μ}\{x:f(x)\le\mu\}{x:f(x)≤μ} is bounded. The standard method has ρ=1\rho=1ρ=1, χ=2\chi=2χ=2, γ=12\gamma=\tfrac12γ=21​.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 5.2 (p. 144)

For fff strictly convex on R2\mathbb R^2R2 with bounded level sets and the standard coefficients, from any nondegenerate initial triangle,

lim⁡k→∞diam⁡(Δk)=0.\lim_{k\to\infty}\operatorname{diam}(\Delta_k)=0.k→∞lim​diam(Δk​)=0.

The theorem does not claim that the triangles converge to a point, and the formalization does not claim it either.

Milestones

  • General nnn (§3). Lemma 3.3 (monotonicity of vertex values, existence and ordering of the limits fi∗f_i^*fi∗​); Lemma 3.4 (broken convergence: fj∗<fj+1∗f_j^*<f_{j+1}^*fj∗​<fj+1∗​ freezes the first jjj vertices); Corollary 3.1 (if the best vertex moves infinitely often, all fi∗f_i^*fi∗​ coincide); Lemma 3.5 (no shrink on a strictly convex fff); Lemma 3.6 (fn∗=fn+1∗f_n^*=f_{n+1}^*fn∗​=fn+1∗​ when ργ<1\rho\gamma<1ργ<1); Lemma 3.1 (vol⁡(Δk+1)=∣τ∣vol⁡(Δk)\operatorname{vol}(\Delta_{k+1})=|\tau|\operatorname{vol}(\Delta_k)vol(Δk+1​)=∣τ∣vol(Δk​) after a step of type τ\tauτ, σnvol⁡(Δk)\sigma^n\operatorname{vol}(\Delta_k)σnvol(Δk​) after a shrink).
  • Dimension 2 (§5). Lemma 5.1 (if the best vertex never moves, the triangles converge to it); Theorem 5.1 (f1∗=f2∗=f3∗f_1^*=f_2^*=f_3^*f1∗​=f2∗​=f3∗​ for ρ=1\rho=1ρ=1, γ=12\gamma=\tfrac12γ=21​); Lemma 5.2 (vol⁡(Δk)→0\operatorname{vol}(\Delta_k)\to0vol(Δk​)→0 for the standard method).

Significance

Theorem 5.1 and Theorem 5.2 are among the few positive convergence statements for the Nelder–Mead method beyond dimension one. They show that on strictly convex functions in the plane the standard method cannot stall with a triangle of positive size; together with McKinnon's examples they delimit what can be proved: the simplices collapse, but not necessarily at the minimizer. The general-dimension lemmas of §3 (volume change, impossibility of shrinks on strictly convex functions, broken convergence) are used throughout the later literature on the method and its variants.

The results are proved on paper; no machine-checked proof of them is known. The formalization adds a precise, executable-in-principle definition of Algorithm NM with the paper's tie-breaking rules, and checked versions of statements whose printed form has small errors (see Formalization scope). The definition layer is reusable for any later work on simplex-based direct search.

Difficulty

The §3 lemmas are elementary but require bookkeeping of orderings, ties and change indices across iterations. The two-dimensional results are not. When the best vertex is eventually fixed (Lemma 5.1), the obvious measure of progress, the distance of the other vertices to it, is not monotone: reflections and outside contractions can move a vertex away, and contractions alternate in sign. Volume is also not monotone, because expansions double it. Lemma 5.2 and Theorem 5.2 depend on the precise acceptance rules: they are not known to hold for the original 1965 rule, which may accept an expansion point worse than the reflection point.

Formalization scope

Points are EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n); a simplex is Fin (n+1) → E n with 0-based indices, so index 0 is x1x_1x1​, n-1 is xnx_nxn​ and Fin.last n is xn+1x_{n+1}xn+1​. Runs are a relation: the paper leaves the ordering after a shrink partly open ("whatever rule"), so every theorem quantifies over all runs satisfying the iteration relation from an ordered start. Every theorem assumes (2.1) and a nondegenerate start; §3 lemmas assume exactly what each states about fff (bounded below, strictly convex, or nothing), and every §5 item assumes strict convexity and bounded level sets. Limits fi∗f_i^*fi∗​ are asserted as existence of limits or taken as Tendsto hypotheses, never through a default-valued limit operator. Volume and diameter are a determinant and a finite maximum, never a supremum over an unbounded set.

Committed conventions and corrections:

  • The nonshrink ordering rule prints j=max⁡{ℓ∣f(v)<f(xℓ+1)}j=\max\{\ell\mid f(v)<f(x_{\ell+1})\}j=max{ℓ∣f(v)<f(xℓ+1​)}, which always yields the last position and contradicts the paper's own example on p. 118; it is encoded with min⁡\minmin (insertion after all vertices of value ≤f(v)\le f(v)≤f(v)).
  • Lemma 3.3 (3)(ii) is stated for iterations after the last shrink; as printed ("for all kkk") it fails when an earlier shrink raised vertex values.
  • Lemma 3.6 (2) is stated for n≥2n\ge2n≥2; for n=1n=1n=1 the next-worst vertex is the best vertex, which can stay fixed forever.
  • Theorem 5.1 and Lemma 5.1 name only ρ=1\rho=1ρ=1, γ=12\gamma=\tfrac12γ=21​ and are stated with χ\chiχ general under (2.1); throughout §5, σ∈(0,1)\sigma\in(0,1)σ∈(0,1) is general instead of 12\tfrac1221​. Shrinks never occur on strictly convex functions, so this is a harmless strengthening.

A run relation that no sequence satisfies would make every theorem vacuous; it is satisfiable from every ordered start, and the hypotheses of the goal are jointly satisfied by f=∥x∥2f=\|x\|^2f=∥x∥2 and a concrete triangle (checked in Lean, not part of the mission). Welcome contributions: proofs of the §3 lemmas, which are independent of each other except through Lemma 3.3, and the reusable facts behind them (volume of a simplex under the Nelder–Mead moves, strict convexity along trial lines).

Selected references

  • J. C. Lagarias, J. A. Reeds, M. H. Wright, P. E. Wright, Convergence properties of the Nelder–Mead simplex method in low dimensions, SIAM J. Optim. 9(1):112–147, 1998. https://doi.org/10.1137/S1052623496303470
  • J. A. Nelder, R. Mead, A simplex method for function minimization, Computer Journal 7(4):308–313, 1965. https://doi.org/10.1093/comjnl/7.4.308
  • K. I. M. McKinnon, Convergence of the Nelder–Mead simplex method to a nonstationary point, SIAM J. Optim. 9(1):148–158, 1998. https://doi.org/10.1137/S1052623496303482
  • V. Torczon, On the convergence of pattern search algorithms, SIAM J. Optim. 7(1):1–25, 1997. https://doi.org/10.1137/S1052623493250780
12 thms1 active userReviewed
Numerical Analysis·Captain: mikedeng1

Convergence Properties of the Nelder–Mead Simplex Method in Low Dimensions II: In Dimension 1 with ρ = 1, the Interval Diameter Halves Every M Iterations, M Depending Only on χ and γResearch Paper

Motivation

The Nelder–Mead simplex method (Nelder and Mead, 1965) is a derivative-free method for unconstrained minimization. It keeps a simplex of n+1n+1n+1 points in Rn\mathbb R^nRn and replaces the worst vertex by a reflected, expanded or contracted trial point, using only comparisons of function values. It is one of the most widely used methods in practice, available in standard numerical libraries and scientific software, and it is also known for having very little supporting theory. McKinnon (1998) gave a strictly convex function in dimension 2 on which the method converges to a nonstationary point.

Lagarias, Reeds, Wright and Wright (1998) gave the first convergence results for the method as originally stated. In dimension 1 they proved that, for a strictly convex function with bounded level sets, both endpoints of the Nelder–Mead interval converge to the minimizer when ρχ≥1\rho\chi \ge 1ρχ≥1 (their Theorem 4.1). For the standard reflection coefficient ρ=1\rho = 1ρ=1 they proved more: the convergence is eventually M-step linear, with a number of steps that depends only on the expansion and contraction coefficients (their Theorem 4.2). This mission formalizes that rate result and the move-sequence lemmas it rests on.

Setting

Let f:R→Rf:\mathbb R\to\mathbb Rf:R→R. A one-dimensional simplex is a pair of vertices Δ=(x1,x2)\Delta = (x_1, x_2)Δ=(x1​,x2​) ordered so that f(x1)≤f(x2)f(x_1)\le f(x_2)f(x1​)≤f(x2​): x1x_1x1​ is the best and x2x_2x2​ the worst vertex. The method has four coefficients satisfying

ρ>0,χ>1,χ>ρ,0<γ<1,0<σ<1.(2.1)\rho>0,\qquad \chi>1,\qquad \chi>\rho,\qquad 0<\gamma<1,\qquad 0<\sigma<1. \tag{2.1}ρ>0,χ>1,χ>ρ,0<γ<1,0<σ<1.(2.1)

This mission fixes ρ=1\rho=1ρ=1, so (2.1) becomes χ>1\chi>1χ>1, 0<γ<10<\gamma<10<γ<1, 0<σ<10<\sigma<10<σ<1. The trial points are

xr=x1+(x1−x2),xe=x1+χ(x1−x2),xc=x1+γ(x1−x2),xcc=x1−γ(x1−x2).x_r = x_1 + (x_1-x_2),\quad x_e = x_1 + \chi(x_1-x_2),\quad x_c = x_1 + \gamma(x_1-x_2),\quad x_{cc} = x_1 - \gamma(x_1-x_2).xr​=x1​+(x1​−x2​),xe​=x1​+χ(x1​−x2​),xc​=x1​+γ(x1​−x2​),xcc​=x1​−γ(x1​−x2​).

With f1=f(x1)f_1=f(x_1)f1​=f(x1​), f2=f(x2)f_2=f(x_2)f2​=f(x2​), fr=f(xr)f_r=f(x_r)fr​=f(xr​) and so on, one iteration is:

  1. if fr<f1f_r<f_1fr​<f1​, an expansion accepting xex_exe​ when fe<frf_e<f_rfe​<fr​, and otherwise a reflection accepting xrx_rxr​;
  2. if f1≤fr<f2f_1\le f_r<f_2f1​≤fr​<f2​, an outside contraction accepting xcx_cxc​ when fc≤frf_c\le f_rfc​≤fr​, and otherwise a shrink;
  3. if fr≥f2f_r\ge f_2fr​≥f2​, an inside contraction accepting xccx_{cc}xcc​ when fcc<f2f_{cc}<f_2fcc​<f2​, and otherwise a shrink.

A shrink replaces x2x_2x2​ by x1+σ(x2−x1)x_1+\sigma(x_2-x_1)x1​+σ(x2​−x1​). The worst vertex is discarded and the accepted point vvv joins x1x_1x1​; it becomes the best vertex exactly when f(v)<f(x1)f(v)<f(x_1)f(v)<f(x1​). Iterating from a nondegenerate initial pair Δ0\Delta_0Δ0​ (x1≠x2x_1\neq x_2x1​=x2​) gives the run Δ0,Δ1,…\Delta_0,\Delta_1,\ldotsΔ0​,Δ1​,…, and diam⁡(Δk)=∣x1(k)−x2(k)∣\operatorname{diam}(\Delta_k) = |x_1^{(k)}-x_2^{(k)}|diam(Δk​)=∣x1(k)​−x2(k)​∣. A contraction means an outside or inside contraction.

Under ρ=1\rho=1ρ=1 each move multiplies the diameter by a fixed factor: 111 for a reflection, χ\chiχ for an expansion and γ\gammaγ for either contraction. The paper's bracketing index KKK (its Lemma 4.2) is the first iteration with f1(K)≤fe(K)f_1^{(K)}\le f_e^{(K)}f1(K)​≤fe(K)​. Two integers control the move sequences after KKK:

r∗=⌈χ−1⌉,j∗=max⁡{ j≥0:χ+χ2+⋯+χj<NNM },NNM=max⁡(χ,1/γ).r^* = \lceil\chi-1\rceil,\qquad j^* = \max\{\,j\ge 0 : \chi+\chi^2+\cdots+\chi^j < N_{NM}\,\},\qquad N_{NM} = \max(\chi,1/\gamma).r∗=⌈χ−1⌉,j∗=max{j≥0:χ+χ2+⋯+χj<NNM​},NNM​=max(χ,1/γ).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4.2 (p. 130)

For all χ>1\chi>1χ>1 and 0<γ<10<\gamma<10<γ<1 there is an integer MMM such that for every 0<σ<10<\sigma<10<σ<1, every strictly convex fff with bounded level sets and every nondegenerate ordered Δ0\Delta_0Δ0​, the index KKK exists and

diam⁡(Δk+M)≤12diam⁡(Δk)for all k≥K.\operatorname{diam}(\Delta_{k+M})\le \tfrac12\operatorname{diam}(\Delta_k)\qquad\text{for all }k\ge K.diam(Δk+M​)≤21​diam(Δk​)for all k≥K.

The goal fixes no value of MMM; the paper's proof gives one, but any MMM depending only on χ\chiχ and γ\gammaγ proves the theorem.

Milestones

  1. Lemma 4.6 (p. 131): at most r∗r^*r∗ consecutive reflections, and no expansion immediately after a reflection.
  2. Corollary 4.1 (p. 131): a contraction occurs at some iteration in [K,K+r∗][K, K+r^*][K,K+r∗].
  3. Lemma 4.7 (p. 132): after a contraction, no block of consecutive expansions is longer than j∗j^*j∗.
  4. Lemma 4.8 (p. 133): there is φ<1\varphi<1φ<1 depending only on χ,γ\chi,\gammaχ,γ such that the simplex after a contraction and the simplex after the next contraction satisfy diam⁡(Δ′)≤φdiam⁡(Δ)\operatorname{diam}(\Delta')\le\varphi\operatorname{diam}(\Delta)diam(Δ′)≤φdiam(Δ).

Significance

Theorem 4.2 is a rate statement for a method whose global behaviour is mostly unexplained. It shows that in dimension 1 with ρ=1\rho=1ρ=1 the method behaves like a bracketing line search: once the minimizer is bracketed, the interval shrinks geometrically, and the number of iterations per halving is bounded independently of fff and of the starting interval. With the standard coefficients χ=2\chi=2χ=2, γ=12\gamma=\tfrac12γ=21​ the value of MMM constructed in the paper's proof is M=4M=4M=4. The intermediate lemmas describe which move sequences the method can produce after the minimizer is bracketed.

The paper's results are proved; to our knowledge none of them has a machine-checked proof. This mission produces a formal model of the one-dimensional method with the paper's tie-breaking rules, and formal statements of the rate theorem and its supporting lemmas. Proving them is the remaining work, including the one-dimensional bracketing and proximity results of the paper's §4.2, which the proofs use and which are posed as a separate mission of this series.

Difficulty

The rate does not follow from a per-iteration bound: a reflection keeps the diameter and an expansion multiplies it by χ>1\chi>1χ>1, so the diameter can grow for several consecutive iterations. A contraction-only argument fails for this reason. The theorem needs a bound on how long the method can avoid contracting and on how much expansion can happen between two contractions. Both bounds come from strict convexity applied along the line through the current interval, together with the location of the minimizer relative to the vertices (the proximity property of §4.2), and they must hold uniformly in fff. Making the constants uniform, so that MMM and φ\varphiφ depend only on χ\chiχ and γ\gammaγ, is the delicate part. Before KKK no such control holds, which is why the theorem only speaks about k≥Kk\ge Kk≥K.

Formalization scope

The state is an ordered pair p : ℝ × ℝ with p.1 the best vertex x1x_1x1​ and p.2 the worst vertex x2x_2x2​; run f 1 χ γ σ p0 k is Δk\Delta_kΔk​, and moveAt f χ γ σ p0 k is the type of iteration kkk. The coefficient ρ=1\rho=1ρ=1 is substituted into the algorithm. The ordering rule is the paper's insertion rule (new point first iff f(v)<f(x1)f(v)<f(x_1)f(v)<f(x1​), ties to the higher index); the printed formula j=max⁡{ℓ∣f(v)<f(xℓ+1)}j=\max\{\ell \mid f(v)<f(x_{\ell+1})\}j=max{ℓ∣f(v)<f(xℓ+1​)} contradicts the paper's own example on p. 118 and is read as its words describe. The expansion step accepts the better of xrx_rxr​ and xex_exe​, the outside contraction is accepted on fc≤frf_c\le f_rfc​≤fr​, the inside contraction on fcc<f2f_{cc}<f_2fcc​<f2​.

Standing assumptions carried by every statement: (2.1) with ρ=1\rho=1ρ=1; fff strictly convex on R\mathbb RR (StrictConvexOn ℝ Set.univ f); bounded level sets ({x:f(x)≤μ}\{x : f(x)\le\mu\}{x:f(x)≤μ} bounded for every μ\muμ); and Δ0\Delta_0Δ0​ nondegenerate and ordered. Corollary 4.1 prints only ρ=1\rho=1ρ=1; the remaining conditions of (2.1) are the section's standing assumptions. r∗r^*r∗ is the natural-number ceiling ⌈χ−1⌉\lceil\chi-1\rceil⌈χ−1⌉; j∗j^*j∗ is computed by a bounded search over 0≤j≤⌈NNM⌉0\le j\le\lceil N_{NM}\rceil0≤j≤⌈NNM​⌉, which loses nothing for χ>1\chi>1χ>1. The uniformity of MMM in Theorem 4.2 and of φ\varphiφ in Lemma 4.8 is encoded by quantifier order: they are chosen after χ,γ\chi,\gammaχ,γ and before σ\sigmaσ, fff, Δ0\Delta_0Δ0​.

The goal's conclusion includes the existence of the bracketing index KKK (the paper's Lemma 4.2), so the halving claim cannot hold vacuously for a run that is never bracketed; a statement that lets MMM depend on fff or Δ0\Delta_0Δ0​ is a different and much weaker theorem and is ruled out by the quantifier order.

A complete development needs: the one-dimensional facts about strictly convex functions (the paper's Lemma 4.1), the absence of shrink steps under strict convexity (Lemma 3.5 for n=1n=1n=1), the bracketing and proximity lemmas of §4.2, and the move-sequence and diameter-product arguments of §4.3. The model of the one-dimensional method and the convexity lemmas are reusable for the series' first mission (convergence of both endpoints). Proofs of individual milestones, and of the §4.2 lemmas as local results, are welcome.

Selected references

  • J. C. Lagarias, J. A. Reeds, M. H. Wright, P. E. Wright, Convergence properties of the Nelder–Mead simplex method in low dimensions, SIAM J. Optim. 9(1):112–147, 1998. https://doi.org/10.1137/S1052623496303470
  • J. A. Nelder, R. Mead, A simplex method for function minimization, Computer Journal 7(4):308–313, 1965. https://doi.org/10.1093/comjnl/7.4.308
  • K. I. M. McKinnon, Convergence of the Nelder–Mead simplex method to a nonstationary point, SIAM J. Optim. 9(1):148–158, 1998. https://doi.org/10.1137/S1052623496303482
7 thms1 active userReviewed
Dynamic ProgrammingOperations ResearchProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

On the Structure of Lost-Sales Inventory Models 1: In the Transformed State v = J⁻¹x, the Optimal Cost Functions f̄_t(v) and ḡ_t(v, ζ) Are L♮-ConvexResearch Paper

Motivation

The lost-sales inventory system is the inventory model in which demand that cannot be met from stock is lost, not backlogged. It is the natural model for retail and for any setting where a customer who finds the shelf empty buys elsewhere. With a positive order lead time it is also one of the classical hard problems of inventory theory. In the backorder model the state collapses to a single number, the inventory position, and a base-stock policy is optimal. Under lost sales the whole pipeline of outstanding orders matters, the state is an LLL-dimensional vector, and no simple policy is optimal.

Its structure has a long history:

  • Karlin and Scarf (1958) formulated the model and showed, for lead time one and continuous demand, that the optimal order decreases in on-hand inventory with slope bounded by one.
  • Morton (1969) extended these qualitative properties to general lead times, again by differentiating the optimal cost function, which required smooth demand distributions.
  • Zipkin (2008), the paper formalized here, recovered and unified both results with a change of state variables and a single structural property, L♮-convexity, from discrete convex analysis (Murota 2003). The argument needs no smoothness and works for discrete as well as continuous demand.

Setting

Time is discrete. In each period the order due arrives, a new order z≥0z\ge0z≥0 is placed, demand d≥0d\ge0d≥0 occurs, and a holding or penalty cost is charged. The lead time L≥1L\ge1L≥1 is an integer. The original state x=(x0,…,xL−1)x=(x_0,\dots,x_{L-1})x=(x0​,…,xL−1​) records on-hand inventory x0x_0x0​ followed by the orders in transit. Demands are independent with a common law μ\muμ. The costs are linear and stationary: unit procurement cost ccc, unit holding cost h^\hat hh^, unit lost-sales penalty ppp, and discount factor γ\gammaγ.

The transformed state is the vector of partial sums vl=∑k=lL−1xkv_l=\sum_{k=l}^{L-1}x_kvl​=∑k=lL−1​xk​, 0≤l<L0\le l<L0≤l<L, with the convention vL=0v_L=0vL​=0. It ranges over the cone

V={v∈RL:v0≥v1≥⋯≥vL−1≥0}.V=\{v\in\mathbb R^L : v_0\ge v_1\ge\dots\ge v_{L-1}\ge 0\}.V={v∈RL:v0​≥v1​≥⋯≥vL−1​≥0}.

The transformed order is ζ=−z≤0\zeta=-z\le0ζ=−z≤0. With eee the all-ones vector, the state moves to

v+=([v0−v1−d]++v1, v2, …, vL−1, 0)−ζe.v_+=\big([v_0-v_1-d]^+ + v_1,\ v_2,\ \dots,\ v_{L-1},\ 0\big)-\zeta e .v+​=([v0​−v1​−d]++v1​, v2​, …, vL−1​, 0)−ζe.

The one-period cost is q^(u)=h^u++pu−\hat q(u)=\hat hu^+ + pu^-q^​(u)=h^u++pu− on u=y−du=y-du=y−d, where y=v0−v1y=v_0-v_1y=v0​−v1​ is the on-hand stock, and q^0(y)=E[q^(y−d)]\hat q^0(y)=E[\hat q(y-d)]q^​0(y)=E[q^​(y−d)]. With kkk periods to go, the optimal cost functions are

fˉ0≡0,gˉk(v,ζ)=−γLcζ+q^0(v0−v1)+γE[fˉk(v+)],fˉk+1(v)=inf⁡ζ≤0gˉk(v,ζ).\bar f_0\equiv0,\qquad \bar g_k(v,\zeta)=-\gamma^Lc\zeta+\hat q^0(v_0-v_1)+\gamma E\big[\bar f_k(v_+)\big],\qquad \bar f_{k+1}(v)=\inf_{\zeta\le0}\bar g_k(v,\zeta).fˉ​0​≡0,gˉ​k​(v,ζ)=−γLcζ+q^​0(v0​−v1​)+γE[fˉ​k​(v+​)],fˉ​k+1​(v)=ζ≤0inf​gˉ​k​(v,ζ).

A function φ\varphiφ is submodular on a set S⊆RnS\subseteq\mathbb R^nS⊆Rn if φ(x∨y)+φ(x∧y)≤φ(x)+φ(y)\varphi(x\vee y)+\varphi(x\wedge y)\le\varphi(x)+\varphi(y)φ(x∨y)+φ(x∧y)≤φ(x)+φ(y) for all x,y∈Sx,y\in Sx,y∈S, with ∨,∧\vee,\wedge∨,∧ the componentwise maximum and minimum. A function f:V→Rf:V\to\mathbb Rf:V→R is L♮-convex if ψ(v,ζ)=f(v−ζe)\psi(v,\zeta)=f(v-\zeta e)ψ(v,ζ)=f(v−ζe) is submodular on V×ℜ−V\times\Re^-V×ℜ−. A function g(v,ζ)g(v,\zeta)g(v,ζ) on V×ℜ−V\times\Re^-V×ℜ− is L♮-convex if g((v,ζ)−ξ(e,1))g\big((v,\zeta)-\xi(e,1)\big)g((v,ζ)−ξ(e,1)) is submodular in (v,ζ,ξ)(v,\zeta,\xi)(v,ζ,ξ) over v∈Vv\in Vv∈V, ζ≤ξ≤0\zeta\le\xi\le0ζ≤ξ≤0.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4 (p. 939)

For every number of periods to go kkk,

fˉk is L♮-convex on Vandgˉk is L♮-convex on V×ℜ−.\bar f_k \text{ is L♮-convex on } V \quad\text{and}\quad \bar g_k \text{ is L♮-convex on } V\times\Re^- .fˉ​k​ is L♮-convex on Vandgˉ​k​ is L♮-convex on V×ℜ−.

The statement fixes no constants. It holds for every lead time, every demand law in the class below, and every cost vector.

Milestones, in the order the proof uses them

  1. Lemma 1 (p. 938): if f(v)f(v)f(v) is L♮-convex, so is ψ(v,ζ)=f(v−ζe)\psi(v,\zeta)=f(v-\zeta e)ψ(v,ζ)=f(v−ζe).
  2. Lemma 2 (p. 939): if g(v,ζ)g(v,\zeta)g(v,ζ) is L♮-convex, so is f(v)=min⁡ζ≤0g(v,ζ)f(v)=\min_{\zeta\le0}g(v,\zeta)f(v)=minζ≤0​g(v,ζ).
  3. Optimal filling (proof of Theorem 4): in the end-of-period program (3), filling as much demand as possible is optimal (a=min⁡{d,v0−v1}a=\min\{d,v_0-v_1\}a=min{d,v0​−v1​}). Consequently κˉt(v,ζ∣d)=q^(v0−v1−d)+γfˉt+1(v+)\bar\kappa_t(v,\zeta\mid d)=\hat q(v_0-v_1-d)+\gamma\bar f_{t+1}(v_+)κˉt​(v,ζ∣d)=q^​(v0​−v1​−d)+γfˉ​t+1​(v+​).
  4. ψt\psi_tψt​ is L♮-convex: the objective ψt(v+,v,ζ)=h^(v+−v1)+p(v+−v0+d)+γfˉt+1[(v+,v2,…,vL−1,0)−ζe]\psi_t(v_+,v,\zeta)=\hat h(v_+-v_1)+p(v_+-v_0+d)+\gamma\bar f_{t+1}[(v_+,v_2,\dots,v_{L-1},0)-\zeta e]ψt​(v+​,v,ζ)=h^(v+​−v1​)+p(v+​−v0​+d)+γfˉ​t+1​[(v+​,v2​,…,vL−1​,0)−ζe] of program (4) is L♮-convex on its constraint set.
  5. κˉt\bar\kappa_tκˉt​ is L♮-convex: the end-of-period cost κˉt(v,ζ∣d)\bar\kappa_t(v,\zeta\mid d)κˉt​(v,ζ∣d) is L♮-convex in (v,ζ)(v,\zeta)(v,ζ) for each ddd.
  6. gˉt\bar g_tgˉ​t​ is L♮-convex: if fˉt+1\bar f_{t+1}fˉ​t+1​ is L♮-convex, so is gˉt=−γLcζ+Ed[κˉt]\bar g_t=-\gamma^Lc\zeta+E_d[\bar\kappa_t]gˉ​t​=−γLcζ+Ed​[κˉt​], by (5).

Significance

The result. L♮-convexity of fˉt\bar f_tfˉ​t​ implies that fˉt\bar f_tfˉ​t​ is submodular and convex in the transformed state. L♮-convexity of gˉt\bar g_tgˉ​t​ yields, through Lemma 3 and Corollary 5 of the paper, that the optimal order zˉt(v)\bar z_t(v)zˉt​(v) is nonincreasing in vvv and changes by at most ω\omegaω when every component of vvv increases by ω\omegaω. These are exactly the Karlin–Scarf and Morton sensitivity results, obtained without derivatives. The same property underlies the paper's later results: the bounds on the optimal policy (§4), the monotonicity of cost in demand variability (§5), and the extensions to capacity limits, correlated demand and stochastic lead times (§6).

Formalizing it. The theorem is proved in the paper; nothing here is open mathematically. To our knowledge no machine-checked proof of L♮-convexity of an inventory value function exists. The mission produces three things:

  • a formal L♮-convexity theory on real cones (the shift characterization, its preservation under partial minimization, and its preservation under expectation);
  • a checked version of the induction behind Theorem 4;
  • a verified model of the lost-sales recursion in the transformed state, which missions on Corollary 5 and the later sections can import.

Difficulty

The obvious argument works with ordinary convexity and submodularity in the original state xxx. It stalls: the lost-sales transition [x0−d]+[x_0-d]^+[x0​−d]+ is not linear, and the order enters only the last pipeline component, so the comparative statics Karlin and Scarf and Morton obtained by differentiation do not follow from convexity in xxx. The paper's structure appears only in the partial sums vvv. Submodularity alone, moreover, is not preserved by the step that minimizes over the order. The shift structure of L♮-convexity is what survives the minimization over ζ\zetaζ (Lemma 2). Proving plain submodularity of fˉt\bar f_tfˉ​t​ on VVV therefore does not close the induction.

A second difficulty is the end-of-period program. Writing the next state as the minimum of a program over a constraint set that is a sublattice requires checking the order-theoretic structure of the set together with the sign pattern of every term. The equality between the program's value and the recursion's one-period cost (milestone 3) is a property of the model's own value function, not of an arbitrary L♮-convex continuation.

A third difficulty is measure-theoretic. Preservation under expectation needs integrability and measurability of d↦fˉk(v+)d\mapsto\bar f_k(v_+)d↦fˉ​k​(v+​), and these come from the model rather than from the definitions.

Formalization scope

  • Representation. States are functions Fin L → ℝ, indexed 0,…,L−10,\dots,L-10,…,L−1 as in the paper. A helper returns vlv_lvl​ for l<Ll<Ll<L and 000 at l=Ll=Ll=L. A function g(v,ζ)g(v,\zeta)g(v,ζ) is encoded on Fin (L+1) → ℝ with ζ\zetaζ last. The objective ψt\psi_tψt​ of (4) is encoded on Fin (L+2) → ℝ with coordinates (v+,v0,…,vL−1,ζ)(v_+,v_0,\dots,v_{L-1},\zeta)(v+​,v0​,…,vL−1​,ζ). The order is componentwise.
  • L♮-convexity on a domain DDD: (x,ξ)↦f(x−ξe)(x,\xi)\mapsto f(x-\xi e)(x,ξ)↦f(x−ξe) is submodular on {ξ≤0, x∈D, x−ξe∈D}\{\xi\le0,\ x\in D,\ x-\xi e\in D\}{ξ≤0, x∈D, x−ξe∈D}, with eee the all-ones vector on every coordinate. For D=VD=VD=V this is the paper's definition verbatim. This is the paper's definition, not Murota's translation-submodularity form, and it is stated on real vectors. The platform's discrete-convexity library (DiscreteConvex.LConvexFunctions.*) works on ZV\mathbb Z^VZV with values in R∪{+∞}\mathbb R\cup\{+\infty\}R∪{+∞}, a different domain and definition, and is not reused.
  • Time. Data are stationary, so the paper's fˉt\bar f_tfˉ​t​ depends on ttt only through the number of periods to go k=T+L+1−tk=T+L+1-tk=T+L+1−t, and "for all ttt" is "for all kkk". The minimum over z≥0z\ge0z≥0 is taken in every period, as printed in (1).
  • Explicit readings of the paper's phrases.
    • "min" (over ζ≤0\zeta\le0ζ≤0, over v+v_+v+​, over (a,w)(a,w)(a,w)) is an infimum over the constraint set. In the model every cost is nonnegative, so the infimum is genuine. The generic Lemma 2 assumes the values bounded below, and the generic milestone 5 assumes the continuation nonnegative on VVV.
    • "the dtd_tdt​ are independent and nonnegative": one law μ\muμ with μ(−∞,0)=0\mu(-\infty,0)=0μ(−∞,0)=0, since data are stationary.
    • "unit cost", "discount rate": c,h^,p≥0c,\hat h,p\ge0c,h^,p≥0 and 0<γ≤10<\gamma\le10<γ≤1.
    • Finite mean demand is added: without it q^0\hat q^0q^​0 is infinite.
    • "the optimal a=min⁡{d,v0−v1}a=\min\{d,v_0-v_1\}a=min{d,v0​−v1​}": stated as the equality of the infimum of program (4) with its value at v+=max⁡(v0−d,v1)v_+=\max(v_0-d,v_1)v+​=max(v0​−d,v1​).
  • Ruled out. A statement that holds because a value function is the junk constant 000 (constants are L♮-convex), plain submodularity on VVV in place of the shift condition, quantification over all of RL\mathbb R^LRL instead of VVV, and a goal about an arbitrary function assumed to satisfy the recursion. None of these is the paper's theorem; the goal is stated for the recursion itself.
  • Not in scope. "L♮-convex implies convex" for a generic function, which is false without regularity (a non-measurable additive function is L♮-convex in this sense); Lemma 3 and Corollary 5, for a follow-up mission that references Theorem 4; the smooth-case Hessian discussion; the infinite-horizon remarks.
  • Welcome contributions. Reusable lemmas on submodularity over sublattices of Rn\mathbb R^nRn (partial minimization, Topkis 2.7.6), on preservation of submodularity under integration, and on measurability of the value functions.

Selected references

  • P. Zipkin, On the structure of lost-sales inventory models, Operations Research 56(4) (2008) 937–944. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1070.0482
  • S. Karlin and H. Scarf, Inventory models of the Arrow–Harris–Marschak type with time lag, in Arrow, Karlin, Scarf (eds.), Studies in the Mathematical Theory of Inventory and Production, Stanford University Press, 1958.
  • T. E. Morton, Bounds on the solution of the lagged optimal inventory equation with no demand backlogging and proportional costs, SIAM Review 11(4) (1969) 572–596. https://doi.org/10.1137/1011090
  • K. Murota, Discrete Convex Analysis, SIAM, 2003. https://doi.org/10.1137/1.9780898718508
  • D. M. Topkis, Supermodularity and Complementarity, Princeton University Press, 1998.
8 thms1 active userReviewed
Operations ResearchTheoretical Computer Science·Captain: mikedeng1

A Scheduling Model for Reduced CPU Energy: For P(s) = s², the Average Rate Heuristic Has Competitive Ratio Between 4 and 8Research Paper

Why processor speed changes the scheduling problem

A processor can save energy by running slowly when work is light, but a deadline may force it to run faster. Yao, Demers, and Shenker formulated this tradeoff as an offline and online scheduling problem for a variable-speed processor in their 1995 FOCS paper. Their Average Rate Heuristic (AVR) uses only each job's arrival, deadline, and required work to set speed. This mission formalizes their quadratic-power analysis: AVR's worst-case energy is at least four and at most eight times the minimum possible energy. The authors prove these bounds in Theorem 2, rather than an exact value.

The question matters when an online scheduler must choose speed before seeing later jobs. Deadline feasibility alone does not measure energy: processing the same number of cycles at twice the speed for half as long can cost more when power grows superlinearly. The paper's model isolates that dependence in a power function P(s)P(s)P(s), so the competitive guarantee measures the energy price of AVR's speed choices. The initial motivation, model, and heuristic are in §§1–4 of the paper.

Jobs, schedules, and the average-rate rule

Fix a nondegenerate time window [t0,t1][t_0,t_1][t0​,t1​]. A finite job instance JJJ assigns each job jjj an arrival time aja_jaj​, deadline bj>ajb_j>a_jbj​>aj​, and nonnegative required work RjR_jRj​ in CPU cycles. Every job window [aj,bj][a_j,b_j][aj​,bj​] lies inside [t0,t1][t_0,t_1][t0​,t1​]. A schedule S=(s,job⁡)S=(s,\operatorname{job})S=(s,job) has nonnegative processor speed s(t)s(t)s(t) and selects at most one job at each time. Speed and job selection are constant between finitely many breakpoints. The schedule is feasible if each job receives its full work inside its own window:

∫ajbjs(t) 1{job⁡(t)=j} dt=Rjfor every j.\int_{a_j}^{b_j}s(t)\,\mathbf 1\{\operatorname{job}(t)=j\}\,dt=R_j \qquad\text{for every }j.∫aj​bj​​s(t)1{job(t)=j}dt=Rj​for every j.

For a power function PPP, its energy is EP(S)=∫t0t1P(s(t)) dtE_P(S)=\int_{t_0}^{t_1}P(s(t))\,dtEP​(S)=∫t0​t1​​P(s(t))dt. An optimal schedule minimizes this quantity among feasible schedules. These definitions follow §2, p. 375. The intensity of an interval [z,z′][z,z'][z,z′] is the total work of jobs whose full windows it contains, divided by z′−zz'-zz′−z. An interval with maximum intensity is critical; Theorem 1 identifies the processor speed on that interval in an optimal schedule §3, p. 375.

Each job's density is dj=Rj/(bj−aj)d_j=R_j/(b_j-a_j)dj​=Rj​/(bj​−aj​), extended as a step function equal to djd_jdj​ on [aj,bj][a_j,b_j][aj​,bj​] and zero elsewhere. AVR runs at speed ∑jdj(t)\sum_j d_j(t)∑j​dj​(t) and chooses the earliest-deadline available job. For quadratic power, its energy is

AVR⁡(J)=∫t0t1(∑jdj(t))2dt.\operatorname{AVR}(J)=\int_{t_0}^{t_1}\left(\sum_jd_j(t)\right)^2dt.AVR(J)=∫t0​t1​​(j∑​dj​(t))2dt.

The competitive ratio is the least upper bound of AVR⁡(J)/OPT⁡(J)\operatorname{AVR}(J)/\operatorname{OPT}(J)AVR(J)/OPT(J) over instances, where OPT⁡(J)\operatorname{OPT}(J)OPT(J) is the least feasible energy §4, p. 376, Eq. (2).

Formalization targets

The goal is the paper's Theorem 2, p. 381:

4≤r≤8(P(s)=s2).4\le r\le 8\qquad(P(s)=s^2).4≤r≤8(P(s)=s2).

The upper bound compares AVR with every feasible schedule. The lower bound says that every constant strictly below four is exceeded by the AVR-to-feasible-energy ratio on some instance. This formulation does not claim that one finite instance attains four.

The milestone path follows the paper: Theorem 1 characterizes optimal speed; Lemma 5.1 reduces to jobs of type A or B; Eq. (5) splits their costs; Lemma 5.2 and Eq. (7) control the A contribution; Lemmas 5.3–5.6 reduce the analysis to canonical instances; Lemma 5.8 supplies a matrix bound; Lemma 5.7 gives FA≤4OPT⁡AF_A\le4\operatorname{OPT}_AFA​≤4OPTA​ and FB≤4OPT⁡BF_B\le4\operatorname{OPT}_BFB​≤4OPTB​; Example 2 approaches the lower constant. These statements and their order come from §5, pp. 378–381. The paper also states a higher-power result, Theorem 3, for real p≥2p\ge2p≥2:

pp≤rp≤2p−1pp.p^p\le r_p\le 2^{p-1}p^p.pp≤rp​≤2p−1pp.

That result is a companion item. The extended abstract leaves its full proof to a longer paper §6, pp. 381–382.

What the bounds provide

The upper bound guarantees that AVR's energy is controlled by a fixed multiple of the offline optimum for every finite job set, even though AVR sets speed from individual job densities. The lower family rules out a guarantee below four for this heuristic. Together they delimit the performance of AVR under quadratic power; they do not give its exact worst-case ratio. The A/B reductions and the tree-induced matrix estimate are useful mathematical interfaces for later analyses of interval-structured schedules.

The paper proves Theorem 2 in the mathematical sense. This mission supplies machine-checkable statements and definitions, with proofs left open for solvers. Closing it requires formal proofs of the reduction steps, the matrix estimate, and the limiting example, plus an explicit connection from the optimal-schedule analysis to comparison with every feasible schedule. No completed Lean proof is claimed here.

The main difficulty

The simple calculation (∑jdj(t))2\left(\sum_j d_j(t)\right)^2(∑j​dj​(t))2 exposes overlap between job windows but does not say how that overlap compares with an optimal schedule. An optimal schedule may run jobs in a different order and may preempt them. The paper therefore changes the instance while preserving the optimal speed profile: it first separates cumulative execution into two types, then reduces to single execution intervals and specially aligned, nested windows. The matrix inequality controls the resulting expression. A pointwise comparison of AVR speed with optimal speed cannot replace these reductions, because an optimal schedule can concentrate work on critical intervals while AVR spreads each job's density across its entire window §5, pp. 377–381.

Formalization scope

Jobs use Fin n, allowing the empty instance. The instance requires t0<t1t_0<t_1t0​<t1​, aj<bja_j<b_jaj​<bj​, containment in the window, and Rj≥0R_j\ge0Rj​≥0. A schedule uses real-valued speed and an optional job label; none denotes no assigned job. Its piecewise-constant requirement is witnessed by finitely many increasing breakpoints. Values at breakpoints are unrestricted by the piecewise-constant clauses, and speed comparisons in the theorems are almost-everywhere statements. Job windows are closed, as printed; endpoints do not affect the integrals. A schedule may have positive speed while no job is assigned, since the source does not equate idleness with zero speed.

Every energy expression is a real interval integral. The schedule conditions ensure the integrands in theorem hypotheses are piecewise constant away from finitely many points. Density denominators are positive. An execution-speed quotient for a zero-work job can have zero denominator, in which case Lean returns zero; such a job contributes no executed work. The goal uses quantified comparisons with feasible schedules rather than a real infimum, and Lemma 5.6 uses all upper bounds on a nonempty canonical family rather than a real supremum. The lower bounds quantify over every smaller constant, avoiding a false attainment claim. These choices guard against default values for empty or unbounded extrema.

Theorem 1's printed convexity hypothesis is strengthened to strict convexity and nondecreasing power on nonnegative speeds: its stated speed uniqueness fails for a linear power function, and a decreasing power function rewards idle speed. This repair is explicit in that item's description. Existence of a quadratic optimum is included as a milestone from the algorithm of §3, although it is not a separately numbered theorem. Example 2 includes the variable exponent e≥1e\ge1e≥1, the limiting ratios at e=1e=1e=1 and e=3/2e=3/2e=3/2, and an eventual upper bound of four across the family. The A-job order resolves exact ties by index. For canonical and tree-induced nesting, intervals that meet only at an endpoint count as disjoint; this admits the paper's displayed four-interval matrix.

The development needs Mathlib's real interval integrals, finite sums, measures of intervals, matrix eigenvalues, and real-power limits. The finite schedule model, canonical-instance data, and tree-induced matrix interface can be reused beyond this particular ratio bound. Contributions may establish these interfaces' elementary properties, the paper's milestone theorems, or independent proofs of the goal, provided they preserve the stated job and schedule classes.

Selected references

  • Frances Yao, Alan Demers, and Scott Shenker, A Scheduling Model for Reduced CPU Energy, Proceedings of the 36th IEEE Symposium on Foundations of Computer Science, 1995, pp. 374–382. DOI 10.1109/SFCS.1995.492493.
19 thms1 active userReviewed
Operations ResearchProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

An Airline Seat Management Model for a Single Leg Route When Lower Fare Classes Book First: The Marginal Seat Value ΔZ_m(n) Decreases in n, So Rejecting Class m Exactly When n ≤ k_m Is OptimalResearch Paper

Motivation

An airline sells the seats of one flight leg at several fares. Cheap fares are usually booked well before departure and expensive ones close to it, so every early request poses the same question: is the certain revenue of selling a seat now worth more than the chance of selling it later at a higher fare? The policy that answers it is seat inventory control, a core problem of airline revenue management.

For two fare classes the answer is Littlewood's rule (1972): accept a low-fare request as long as the low fare is at least the high fare times the probability that high-fare demand would fill the remaining seats. Belobaba (1987) extended it heuristically to several classes through expected marginal seat revenue (EMSR) protection levels, which are not optimal in general. Wollmer (Operations Research 40(1), 1992) solved the multi-class problem exactly under the assumption that the classes book in order of increasing fare: he showed that an optimal policy is described by one critical value per fare class, computed by a short recursion, and accepts a request precisely when the number of empty seats exceeds the critical value of its class. Brumelle and McGill (Operations Research 41(1), 1993) and later work on nested booking limits reached optimality of static protection levels by other routes.

Setting

There are c≥2c \ge 2c≥2 fare classes, numbered 1,…,c1, \dots, c1,…,c from the highest fare to the lowest, with fares

r1>r2>⋯>rc>0.r_1 > r_2 > \cdots > r_c > 0 .r1​>r2​>⋯>rc​>0.

Class mmm has a random demand Dm∈{0,1,2,… }D_m \in \{0, 1, 2, \dots\}Dm​∈{0,1,2,…}, the number of its future booking requests, with probabilities P[Dm=i]P[D_m = i]P[Dm​=i], P[Dm≥n]P[D_m \ge n]P[Dm​≥n], P[Dm≤i]P[D_m \le i]P[Dm​≤i]. Seats form one pool, and nnn denotes the number of empty seats. Lower classes book first: all requests of class mmm arrive before those of classes 1,…,m−11, \dots, m-11,…,m−1. The paper assumes r2<r1P[D1≥1]r_2 < r_1 P[D_1 \ge 1]r2​<r1​P[D1​≥1], so that a class 2 request is refused when one seat remains.

The optimal value Zm(n)Z_m(n)Zm​(n) is the expected revenue under an optimal policy when nnn seats are empty and only classes 1,…,m1, \dots, m1,…,m may still book. It satisfies Z0≡0Z_0 \equiv 0Z0​≡0 and

Zm(n)=E[max⁡0≤x≤min⁡(Dm,n)(rmx+Zm−1(n−x))],Z_m(n) = \mathbb E\Big[\max_{0 \le x \le \min(D_m, n)} \big(r_m x + Z_{m-1}(n-x)\big)\Big],Zm​(n)=E[0≤x≤min(Dm​,n)max​(rm​x+Zm−1​(n−x))],

where xxx is the number of class-mmm requests accepted. The marginal seat value is ΔZm(n)=Zm(n)−Zm(n−1)\Delta Z_m(n) = Z_m(n) - Z_m(n-1)ΔZm​(n)=Zm​(n)−Zm​(n−1) for n≥1n \ge 1n≥1, and the critical values are

k1=0,km=max⁡{ n≥1∣rm<ΔZm−1(n) }(m>1).(2)k_1 = 0, \qquad k_m = \max\{\, n \ge 1 \mid r_m < \Delta Z_{m-1}(n) \,\} \quad (m > 1). \tag{2}k1​=0,km​=max{n≥1∣rm​<ΔZm−1​(n)}(m>1).(2)

The critical-value rule for class mmm rejects a class-mmm request when n≤kmn \le k_mn≤km​ and accepts it when n≥km+1n \ge k_m + 1n≥km​+1; it accepts min⁡(Dm,(n−km)+)\min(D_m, (n-k_m)^+)min(Dm​,(n−km​)+) of the class's requests.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2 with the rejection rule of §3

For every class 1≤m≤c1 \le m \le c1≤m≤c, ΔZm(n)\Delta Z_m(n)ΔZm​(n) is nonincreasing in n≥1n \ge 1n≥1. For every class 2≤m≤c2 \le m \le c2≤m≤c, the critical value kmk_mkm​ exists, Zm(n)=Zm−1(n)Z_m(n) = Z_{m-1}(n)Zm​(n)=Zm−1​(n) for n≤kmn \le k_mn≤km​, the critical-value rule attains the maximum in the recursion for Zm(n)Z_m(n)Zm​(n) (and accepting more requests is strictly worse), and for every j≥1j \ge 1j≥1

Zm(km+j)=Zm(km)+∑i=0j−1{ΔZm−1(km+j−i) P[Dm≤i]+rm P[Dm≥i+1]}.(6)Z_m(k_m+j) = Z_m(k_m) + \sum_{i=0}^{j-1} \Big\{ \Delta Z_{m-1}(k_m+j-i)\,P[D_m \le i] + r_m\,P[D_m \ge i+1] \Big\}. \tag{6}Zm​(km​+j)=Zm​(km​)+i=0∑j−1​{ΔZm−1​(km​+j−i)P[Dm​≤i]+rm​P[Dm​≥i+1]}.(6)

Milestones

  1. Eq. (3): Z1(n)=r1{nP[D1≥n]+∑j=0n−1jP[D1=j]}Z_1(n) = r_1\{nP[D_1 \ge n] + \sum_{j=0}^{n-1} jP[D_1 = j]\}Z1​(n)=r1​{nP[D1​≥n]+∑j=0n−1​jP[D1​=j]}.
  2. Eq. (4): ΔZ1(n)=r1P[D1≥n]\Delta Z_1(n) = r_1 P[D_1 \ge n]ΔZ1​(n)=r1​P[D1​≥n], nonincreasing in nnn.
  3. The note after (2b): if ΔZm−1\Delta Z_{m-1}ΔZm−1​ is nonincreasing, then rm<ΔZm−1(n)r_m < \Delta Z_{m-1}(n)rm​<ΔZm−1​(n) for n≤kmn \le k_mn≤km​ and rm≥ΔZm−1(n)r_m \ge \Delta Z_{m-1}(n)rm​≥ΔZm−1​(n) for n≥km+1n \ge k_m + 1n≥km​+1.
  4. The rule of §3: if ΔZm−1\Delta Z_{m-1}ΔZm−1​ is nonincreasing, rejecting class mmm exactly when n≤kmn \le k_mn≤km​ is optimal, and Zm=Zm−1Z_m = Z_{m-1}Zm​=Zm−1​ on n≤kmn \le k_mn≤km​.
  5. Lemma 1: the case j=1j = 1j=1 of (6) for class mˉ+1\bar m + 1mˉ+1, and ΔZmˉ+1(kmˉ+1+1)<ΔZmˉ+1(kmˉ+1)\Delta Z_{\bar m+1}(k_{\bar m+1}+1) < \Delta Z_{\bar m+1}(k_{\bar m+1})ΔZmˉ+1​(kmˉ+1​+1)<ΔZmˉ+1​(kmˉ+1​).
  6. The marginal display in the proof of Theorem 1: ΔZmˉ+1(kmˉ+1+j)=∑i<jΔZmˉ(kmˉ+1+j−i)P[Dmˉ+1=i]+rmˉ+1P[Dmˉ+1≥j]\Delta Z_{\bar m+1}(k_{\bar m+1}+j) = \sum_{i<j} \Delta Z_{\bar m}(k_{\bar m+1}+j-i)P[D_{\bar m+1} = i] + r_{\bar m+1}P[D_{\bar m+1} \ge j]ΔZmˉ+1​(kmˉ+1​+j)=∑i<j​ΔZmˉ​(kmˉ+1​+j−i)P[Dmˉ+1​=i]+rmˉ+1​P[Dmˉ+1​≥j].
  7. Theorem 1: (6) for class mˉ+1\bar m + 1mˉ+1, and ΔZmˉ+1\Delta Z_{\bar m+1}ΔZmˉ+1​ nonincreasing above kmˉ+1k_{\bar m+1}kmˉ+1​.

Significance

The theorem reduces a dynamic program over all booking policies to one integer per fare class. The critical values are computed class by class from (2b) and (6), in a number of operations polynomial in the number of seats and classes, and the resulting policy is a nested booking limit that reservation systems can implement directly. The abstract states two further properties derived from it: the critical value decreases with the fare and is zero for the highest class.

The result is proved in the paper; it has no machine-checked proof. A complete formalization would give a verified account of the multi-class seat allocation problem with sequential booking, including the existence of the critical values, which the paper presupposes. The intermediate statements (the concavity-type property of ZmZ_mZm​ and the closed form (6)) are reusable for nested-booking-limit results in related models.

Difficulty

The induction of the paper is short, but it relies on one property: ΔZm−1\Delta Z_{m-1}ΔZm−1​ must be nonincreasing for the threshold rule to be optimal for class mmm, and the threshold rule must be optimal for ΔZm\Delta Z_mΔZm​ to inherit the property. These two facts have to be carried together through the induction. The step at the threshold itself (n=km+1n = k_m + 1n=km​+1) behaves differently from the rest: there the marginal value drops strictly, and the argument above the threshold needs the maximality in (2b), not monotonicity alone. The existence of kmk_mkm​ is not argued on the page: it requires bounding the marginal seat value away from rmr_mrm​ for large nnn without assuming that demands have finite mean. The proofs of Lemma 1 and Theorem 1 also contain index slips (kmˉk_{\bar m}kmˉ​ printed for kmˉ+1k_{\bar m+1}kmˉ+1​) that a formal proof must not reproduce.

Formalization scope

All statements live in the namespace LowerFareFirst.Critical and rest on one definition module, LowerFareFirst.Critical.Model. Classes are natural numbers starting at 111; fares are a sequence r:N→Rr : \mathbb N \to \mathbb Rr:N→R and demands a sequence of measurable maps D:N→Ω→ND : \mathbb N \to \Omega \to \mathbb ND:N→Ω→N on a probability space (Ω,μ)(\Omega, \mu)(Ω,μ), of which only the entries 1,…,c1, \dots, c1,…,c are constrained. Probabilities are μ.real of events.

Committed conventions:

  • ZmZ_mZm​ is defined by the dynamic-programming recursion above, which is the reading of the paper's "expected revenue under an optimal policy". It is not the value of the critical-value policy and not defined by (6); either choice would make the goal definitional. Optimality of the rule is stated as attaining the maximum of the recursion for every realized demand.
  • "Decreasing" means nonincreasing. The strict reading is false: ΔZ1(n)=r1P[D1≥n]\Delta Z_1(n) = r_1 P[D_1 \ge n]ΔZ1​(n)=r1​P[D1​≥n] is constant wherever P[D1=n]=0P[D_1 = n] = 0P[D1​=n]=0.
  • kmk_mkm​ is the greatest element of {n≥1∣rm<ΔZm−1(n)}\{n \ge 1 \mid r_m < \Delta Z_{m-1}(n)\}{n≥1∣rm​<ΔZm−1​(n)}. Its existence is a conclusion of the goal, never a hypothesis; Lemma 1, Theorem 1 and the intermediate milestones take it as a hypothesis, as the page does.
  • The standing assumptions of §1 are bundled in one predicate: probability measure, measurable demands, c≥2c \ge 2c≥2, strictly decreasing fares, r2<r1P[D1≥1]r_2 < r_1 P[D_1 \ge 1]r2​<r1​P[D1​≥1], and rc>0r_c > 0rc​>0, an addition to the page: with rc≤0r_c \le 0rc​≤0 and unbounded demand the maximum in (2b) need not exist.
  • Independence of the demands is not assumed: the recursion uses only their marginal laws. For independent demands, the paper's setting, ZmZ_mZm​ is the optimal expected revenue.
  • Where the proofs print kmˉk_{\bar m}kmˉ​ for kmˉ+1k_{\bar m+1}kmˉ+1​, and where §3 says "class m+1m + 1m+1" for class mmm, the statements use the corrected index.

A complete development needs elementary facts about expectations of functions of an integer-valued random variable and finite maximization; nothing beyond Mathlib's measure theory. Proofs of any milestone are welcome, as are proofs of the abstract's remarks (kmk_mkm​ nonincreasing in the fare) as separate theorems.

Selected references

  • R. D. Wollmer, An Airline Seat Management Model for a Single Leg Route When Lower Fare Classes Book First, Operations Research 40(1), 26–37, 1992. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.40.1.26
  • K. Littlewood, Forecasting and Control of Passenger Bookings, AGIFORS Symposium Proceedings 12, 1972; reprinted in Journal of Revenue and Pricing Management 4(2), 111–123, 2005. https://doi.org/10.1057/palgrave.rpm.5170134
  • P. P. Belobaba, Airline Yield Management: An Overview of Seat Inventory Control, Transportation Science 21(2), 63–73, 1987. https://doi.org/10.1287/trsc.21.2.63
  • S. L. Brumelle, J. I. McGill, Airline Seat Allocation with Multiple Nested Fare Classes, Operations Research 41(1), 127–137, 1993. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.41.1.127
9 thms1 active userReviewed
Convex OptimizationNumerical AnalysisOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

A Coordinate Gradient Descent Method for Nonsmooth Separable Minimization 1: With the Armijo Rule and the Generalized Gauss–Seidel Rule, Every Cluster Point of the CGD Iterates Is StationaryResearch Paper

Motivation

Many optimization models combine a smooth loss with a convex penalty or constraint. The penalty can be nonsmooth: an absolute-value penalty encourages sparse solutions, while an indicator function enforces a feasible set. A coordinate gradient descent (CGD) method updates selected coordinates by minimizing a quadratic model and then applies a line search. Tseng and Yun studied this method for an extended-valued convex penalty, including penalties that separate by blocks of coordinates. Their global convergence result addresses a basic question for such an iteration: if its iterates have an accumulation point, must that point satisfy the first-order stationarity condition? The result and examples appear in Tseng and Yun (2009).

Coordinate updates are appealing when changing a small block is cheaper than changing the whole vector. Their convergence is delicate when the penalty is nonsmooth: a direction can be useful on one block without revealing whether the full point is stationary. The paper's Theorem 1(e) establishes a guarantee for a generalized Gauss–Seidel selection rule and a block-separable penalty. The authors note that this rules out cycling on Powell's coordinate-minimization example under their stated conditions Tseng and Yun (2009), p. 404.

Setting

Let x∈Rnx\in\mathbb R^nx∈Rn, c>0c>0c>0, and let P:Rn→(−∞,+∞]P:\mathbb R^n\to(-\infty,+\infty]P:Rn→(−∞,+∞] be proper, convex and lower semicontinuous. Its effective domain D=dom⁡PD=\operatorname{dom}PD=domP contains precisely the points where PPP is finite. Let fff be continuously differentiable on an open set containing DDD. The objective is Fc(x)=f(x)+cP(x)F_c(x)=f(x)+cP(x)Fc​(x)=f(x)+cP(x), with value +∞+\infty+∞ outside DDD. No convexity of fff is assumed.

At iteration kkk, choose a nonempty set of coordinates Jk\mathcal J^kJk and a positive-definite symmetric matrix HkH^kHk. The search direction dkd^kdk minimizes

∇f(xk)⊤d+12d⊤Hkd+cP(xk+d)subject to dj=0 for j∉Jk.\nabla f(x^k)^\top d+\tfrac12 d^\top H^k d+cP(x^k+d) \quad\text{subject to }d_j=0\text{ for }j\notin\mathcal J^k.∇f(xk)⊤d+21​d⊤Hkd+cP(xk+d)subject to dj​=0 for j∈/Jk.

The next iterate is xk+1=xk+αkdkx^{k+1}=x^k+\alpha^k d^kxk+1=xk+αkdk. The Armijo rule tests the geometric sequence αinitkβj\alpha^k_{\mathrm{init}}\beta^jαinitk​βj and takes its largest accepted member, using the paper's decrease quantity Δk=∇f(xk)⊤dk+γ(dk)⊤Hkdk+cP(xk+dk)−cP(xk)\Delta^k=\nabla f(x^k)^\top d^k+\gamma(d^k)^\top H^kd^k+cP(x^k+d^k)-cP(x^k)Δk=∇f(xk)⊤dk+γ(dk)⊤Hkdk+cP(xk+dk)−cP(xk). Its parameters satisfy αinitk>0\alpha^k_{\mathrm{init}}>0αinitk​>0, 0<β,σ<10<\beta,\sigma<10<β,σ<1, and 0≤γ<10\le\gamma<10≤γ<1. The accepted step obeys Fc(xk+1)≤Fc(xk)+σαkΔkF_c(x^{k+1})\le F_c(x^k)+\sigma\alpha^k\Delta^kFc​(xk+1)≤Fc​(xk)+σαkΔk.

The generalized Gauss–Seidel rule means that some fixed number T≥1T\ge1T≥1 of consecutive coordinate sets covers every coordinate, starting at every iteration. The penalty is block-separable with respect to Jk\mathcal J^kJk when it is the sum of a proper closed convex function of the selected coordinates and another of their complement. A point xˉ\bar xxˉ is stationary when it lies in DDD and the one-sided directional derivative Fc′(xˉ;v)F_c'(\bar x;v)Fc′​(xˉ;v) is nonnegative for every direction v∈Rnv\in\mathbb R^nv∈Rn.

Formalization targets

Global convergence under generalized Gauss–Seidel selection

The goal is Theorem 1(e) Tseng and Yun (2009), p. 399. Under the CGD and Armijo rules, Assumption 1's uniform matrix bounds, a positive lower bound on the initial trial steps, block separability for each chosen coordinate set, and a finite upper bound on the accepted steps,

xˉ a cluster point of {xk}k≥0⟹Fc′(xˉ;v)≥0 for every v∈Rn.\bar x\text{ a cluster point of }\{x^k\}_{k\ge0} \quad\Longrightarrow\quad F_c'(\bar x;v)\ge0\text{ for every }v\in\mathbb R^n.xˉ a cluster point of {xk}k≥0​⟹Fc′​(xˉ;v)≥0 for every v∈Rn.

The mission milestones state the paper's Lemma 1, its Armijo existence claim after equation (10), Lemmas 2 and 3, and Theorem 1(a) and (b). They connect the direction subproblem, descent, stationarity and subsequence behavior to the goal. The theorem asserts stationarity of every cluster point; it does not assert that a cluster point exists or that the full sequence converges.

Significance

The result supplies a global first-order guarantee for a block update method even when the smooth part fff is nonconvex. It applies to extended-valued convex penalties, so the same statement covers both nonsmooth regularization and constraints represented by indicator functions. The bounded-window coverage condition allows varying coordinate sets rather than a fixed cyclic schedule Tseng and Yun (2009), Theorem 1(e).

The paper proves the theorem. This mission asks for a machine-checked Lean proof of that known claim and its selected supporting results. The reusable output includes a precise interface for an extended-valued penalty, the exact quadratic coordinate subproblem, Armijo backtracking with first accepted exponent, and the distinction between a convergent subsequence and a cluster point. The current draft statements compile with proof placeholders; they are proof obligations, not completed machine-checked results.

Difficulty

The descent bound alone controls decrease in objective value; it does not directly show that every coordinate has a vanishing stationarity residual. The coordinate set may vary at each iteration, and the penalty need only separate with respect to the current block. A cluster point may be reached along a subsequence that samples only one of those blocks. The argument therefore has to connect behavior along a convergent subsequence to nearby iterations within a full coverage window. The nonsmooth penalty also prevents replacing directional stationarity by a statement solely about an ordinary gradient.

Formalization scope

Vectors use EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n) and its Euclidean norm; Fin n starts at zero, whereas the paper numbers coordinates from one. A penalty is represented by its effective domain DDD and finite values PPP on D,usingthepublished‘ProxNewton.Inexact.IsProperClosedConvex‘definition.Everyobjectivecomparisonincludesdomainmembership;valuesoutsideD, using the published `ProxNewton.Inexact.IsProperClosedConvex` definition. Every objective comparison includes domain membership; values outside D,usingthepublished‘ProxNewton.Inexact.IsProperClosedConvex‘definition.Everyobjectivecomparisonincludesdomainmembership;valuesoutsideDareinterpretedasare interpreted asareinterpretedas+\infty.Thesmoothnessassumptionnamesanopenneighborhoodof. The smoothness assumption names an open neighborhood of .ThesmoothnessassumptionnamesanopenneighborhoodofD.Thedirection. The direction .Thedirectiond_H(x;\mathcal J)ischosenfromtheexactminimizers;alltheoremusesplaceis chosen from the exact minimizers; all theorem uses placeischosenfromtheexactminimizers;alltheoremusesplacexinininDandandandH$ positive definite. A CGD run records the chosen minimizers, so it does not rely on any unspecified value of that choice outside its valid inputs.

The Armijo predicate records the first successful geometric trial, including rejection of all earlier trials. The matrix bounds in Assumption 1 are quadratic-form bounds. Lemma 3 represents eigenvalue extremes by Rayleigh quotients on the selected coordinates; its generalized spectrum is that of the pair of principal submatrices. These extrema are used only with a nonempty block and positive-definite matrices. The paper's o(α)o(\alpha)o(α) is represented by a remainder whose quotient by α\alphaα tends to zero from the right. In Lemma 1 the line segment remains in DDD. A convergent subsequence is indexed by a strictly increasing map; a cluster point is represented separately by MapClusterPt.

No convergence of the entire iterate sequence is assumed. Stationarity requires the nonnegative directional derivative in every direction, not only the coordinates selected at one step. A valid development needs convex analysis of the subproblem, estimates for positive-definite quadratic forms, properties of lower semicontinuity and directional derivatives, and finite-dimensional subsequence arguments. Contributions proving those reusable facts and the named milestones are within scope.

Selected references

  • Paul Tseng and Sangwoon Yun, A coordinate gradient descent method for nonsmooth separable minimization, Mathematical Programming, Series B 117 (2009), 387–423. DOI: 10.1007/s10107-007-0170-0.
9 thms1 active userReviewed
Operations ResearchProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Bounded Rationality in Newsvendor Models I: Under Uniform Demand the Logit Newsvendor's Order Is Truncated Normal and Its Mean Is Pulled from x* Toward the MidpointResearch Paper

Motivation

The newsvendor problem is the basic single-period inventory model: a decision maker orders xxx units at unit cost ccc before a random demand DDD is observed, sells min⁡(D,x)\min(D, x)min(D,x) units at price ppp, and loses unsold units. Its optimal order is the critical fractile x∗=F−1(1−c/p)x^* = F^{-1}(1 - c/p)x∗=F−1(1−c/p) of the demand distribution FFF. Laboratory experiments show that human subjects do not order x∗x^*x∗. Schweitzer and Cachon (Management Science 46(3), 2000) gave subjects uniform demand on [0,300][0, 300][0,300] and found that the average order lay below x∗x^*x∗ for a high-margin product and above x∗x^*x∗ for a low-margin product: orders are pulled toward the center of the demand range.

Su (Manufacturing & Service Operations Management 10(4), 2008) explains this pattern with a model of bounded rationality: the decision maker does not pick the best order with certainty, but picks better orders more often, through a logit choice rule. This mission formalizes the first results of that paper, the case of uniform demand, where the logit order has an explicit law and the pull toward the center can be proved exactly. The source is the published MSOM 2008 article; all page numbers are its printed pages.

Setting

A decision maker with utility uuu over an interval S⊆RS \subseteq \mathbb RS⊆R and bounded-rationality parameter β>0\beta > 0β>0 makes a random choice YYY with the logit density

ψ(y)=eu(y)/β∫Seu(v)/β dv,y∈S,\psi(y) = \frac{e^{u(y)/\beta}}{\int_S e^{u(v)/\beta}\,dv}, \qquad y \in S,ψ(y)=∫S​eu(v)/βdveu(y)/β​,y∈S,

and ψ(y)=0\psi(y) = 0ψ(y)=0 off SSS (eq. (2), p. 571). Large β\betaβ means noisy choices; small β\betaβ concentrates the choice near the maximizer of uuu.

In the newsvendor problem the price ppp and unit cost ccc satisfy 0<c<p0 < c < p0<c<p. Demand DDD has density fff and distribution function FFF. The expected profit of ordering xxx units is

π(x)=p Emin⁡(D,x)−cx(eq. (3), p. 572),\pi(x) = p\,\mathbb E\min(D, x) - c x \qquad \text{(eq. (3), p. 572)},π(x)=pEmin(D,x)−cx(eq. (3), p. 572),

and the optimal solution x∗x^*x∗ is its maximizer. The behavioral solution X♭X^\flatX♭ is the logit choice with utility u=πu = \piu=π over the decision domain SSS, the smallest interval containing the support of fff (eq. (4), p. 572).

This mission takes uniform demand D∼U[a,b]D \sim U[a, b]D∼U[a,b] with b>a≥0b > a \ge 0b>a≥0: f=1/(b−a)f = 1/(b-a)f=1/(b−a) on [a,b][a, b][a,b] and S=[a,b]S = [a, b]S=[a,b]. The midpoint of the demand range is m=(a+b)/2m = (a + b)/2m=(a+b)/2. Two parameters recur:

μ=b−cp(b−a),σ2=β b−ap.\mu = b - \frac{c}{p}(b - a), \qquad \sigma^2 = \beta\,\frac{b-a}{p}.μ=b−pc​(b−a),σ2=βpb−a​.

A truncated normal law on [a,b][a, b][a,b] with parameters μ,σ2\mu, \sigma^2μ,σ2 has density proportional to e−(x−μ)2/2σ2e^{-(x-\mu)^2/2\sigma^2}e−(x−μ)2/2σ2 on [a,b][a, b][a,b] and zero elsewhere (eq. (37), p. 586). Write ϕ\phiϕ and Φ\PhiΦ for the standard normal density and distribution function.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 3 (p. 577), midpoint bias

x∗>m  ⟹  EX♭<x∗,x∗<m  ⟹  EX♭>x∗.x^* > m \implies \mathbb E X^\flat < x^*, \qquad x^* < m \implies \mathbb E X^\flat > x^*.x∗>m⟹EX♭<x∗,x∗<m⟹EX♭>x∗.

The goal is stated for every β>0\beta > 0β>0 and every 0<c<p0 < c < p0<c<p, with x∗x^*x∗ any maximizer of π\piπ over R\mathbb RR; it fixes only the sign of the bias, not its size.

Milestones

  1. Eq. (5), p. 572. On [a,b][a, b][a,b], π(x)=Ax2+Bx+C\pi(x) = Ax^2 + Bx + Cπ(x)=Ax2+Bx+C with A=−p/(2(b−a))A = -p/(2(b-a))A=−p/(2(b−a)), B=pb/(b−a)−cB = pb/(b-a) - cB=pb/(b−a)−c, C=−pa2/(2(b−a))C = -pa^2/(2(b-a))C=−pa2/(2(b−a)).
  2. The optimum, pp. 572–573. π\piπ is maximized over R\mathbb RR exactly at μ\muμ, and F(μ)=1−c/pF(\mu) = 1 - c/pF(μ)=1−c/p, so x∗=F−1(1−c/p)=μx^* = F^{-1}(1 - c/p) = \mux∗=F−1(1−c/p)=μ.
  3. Proposition 1, pp. 572–573. The density of X♭X^\flatX♭ equals the truncated normal density on [a,b][a,b][a,b] with parameters μ\muμ and σ2\sigma^2σ2.
  4. Corollary 1, p. 573.
EX♭=μ−σ ϕ((b−μ)/σ)−ϕ((a−μ)/σ)Φ((b−μ)/σ)−Φ((a−μ)/σ).(8)\mathbb E X^\flat = \mu - \sigma\,\frac{\phi((b-\mu)/\sigma) - \phi((a-\mu)/\sigma)}{\Phi((b-\mu)/\sigma) - \Phi((a-\mu)/\sigma)}. \qquad (8)EX♭=μ−σΦ((b−μ)/σ)−Φ((a−μ)/σ)ϕ((b−μ)/σ)−ϕ((a−μ)/σ)​.(8)

Significance

Proposition 3 gives a single mechanism, noise in the choice of the order, that produces both directions of the bias observed by Schweitzer and Cachon: under uniform demand, a high-profit product (x∗>mx^* > mx∗>m) is underordered on average and a low-profit product (x∗<mx^* < mx∗<m) is overordered. Proposition 1 gives the full law of the boundedly rational order, which is what makes the model testable: the paper fits the truncated normal law to experimental order data and estimates β\betaβ (§5). Corollary 1 is the closed-form mean used in that fit and in Proposition 3.

These results are proved in the paper by direct computation; none of them has a machine-checked proof. The mission adds a checked development of the continuous logit choice model on an interval, of the truncated normal law and its mean, and of the uniform-demand newsvendor profit, together with exact statements of what the paper's informal phrases mean (see Formalization scope).

Difficulty

Each step is elementary on paper, but the formal content sits in the integrals. Expected sales Emin⁡(D,x)\mathbb E\min(D, x)Emin(D,x) must be computed as a piecewise integral to obtain eq. (5), and the maximizer must be identified over all of R\mathbb RR, not only on [a,b][a, b][a,b], which needs the profit outside the support as well. Proposition 1 is an identity between two normalized densities, so both normalizing integrals must be shown positive and finite. Corollary 1 requires the mean of a truncated Gaussian in terms of Mathlib's Gaussian density and distribution function, which is not in Mathlib. For Proposition 3, the natural shortcut "the mean of a truncated normal is μ\muμ" is false whenever μ≠m\mu \ne mμ=m, and it is exactly the asymmetry of the truncation that produces the bias.

Formalization scope

All quantities are real numbers, with the paper's standing assumptions as hypotheses: b>a≥0b > a \ge 0b>a≥0, 0<c<p0 < c < p0<c<p (the page states p>cp > cp>c; c>0c > 0c>0 is read so that x∗x^*x∗ lies inside (a,b)(a, b)(a,b)), and β>0\beta > 0β>0 (eq. (2) divides by β\betaβ; β=0\beta = 0β=0, perfect rationality, is a limit, not a value of the formula). The decision domain is the closed interval [a,b][a, b][a,b]; the logit density is zero off it, and expectations are integrals over R\mathbb RR. The parameter σ\sigmaσ is the positive square root of β(b−a)/p\beta(b-a)/pβ(b−a)/p, and ϕ\phiϕ, Φ\PhiΦ are Mathlib's gaussianPDFReal 0 1 and the distribution function of gaussianReal 0 1.

Corrections and readings relative to the printed text:

  • Eq. (5) is stated for x∈[a,b]x \in [a, b]x∈[a,b] only; outside it π\piπ is linear.
  • Proposition 1 says the truncated normal has "mean μ\muμ and variance σ2\sigma^2σ2"; these are the parameters before truncation (as in eq. (37)), and the statement is the equality of densities. The mean of X♭X^\flatX♭ is (8), not μ\muμ.
  • In Proposition 3, "fff constant over [a,b][a, b][a,b]" is read as uniform demand on [a,b][a,b][a,b], as in its proof. The conclusions are inequalities on EX♭\mathbb E X^\flatEX♭, because the §6 preamble (p. 577) defines "overorders" and "underorders" with the inequalities swapped relative to the proof (p. 586); the formal statement follows the proof.

The optimal solution x∗x^*x∗ in the goal is a hypothesis that x∗x^*x∗ maximizes π\piπ over R\mathbb RR, never a variable set to a closed form by fiat; milestone 2 shows the hypothesis is satisfiable and identifies x∗x^*x∗. No statement holds vacuously through a junk value: on [a,b][a, b][a,b] with a<ba < ba<b the logit normalizer is the integral of a continuous positive function over an interval of positive length, and the denominator of (8) is positive because σ>0\sigma > 0σ>0.

Reusable beyond this mission: the logit density on an interval, the truncated normal density, and its mean formula. Proofs of any milestone, and of the mean of a truncated normal law in general, are welcome.

Selected references

  • X. Su, Bounded Rationality in Newsvendor Models, Manufacturing & Service Operations Management 10(4):566–589, 2008. https://doi.org/10.1287/msom.1070.0200
  • M. E. Schweitzer, G. P. Cachon, Decision Bias in the Newsvendor Problem with a Known Demand Distribution: Experimental Evidence, Management Science 46(3):404–420, 2000. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.46.3.404.12070
8 thms1 active userReviewed
Dynamic ProgrammingMarkov ChainOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Inventory Control in a Fluctuating Demand Environment II: With a Fixed Order Cost, a World-Dependent (r, S) Policy Is Optimal and Lies within Veinott-Type BoundsResearch Paper

Motivation

Demand for many products is not stationary: it rises and falls with the economy, the season, a product's life cycle or a customer's state. Song and Zipkin (1993) (DOI 10.1287/opre.41.2.351) model this by a world-driven demand process: an exogenous Markov chain AAA (the "state of the world") whose current state sets the rate of a Poisson demand stream. The model contains the classical stationary inventory model as the case of one world state, and it is a standard example of a Markov-modulated decision problem in operations research.

For stationary demand with a fixed order cost, optimal (s,S)(s, S)(s,S) policies go back to Scarf (1960) for finite horizons and Iglehart (1963) for the infinite horizon; Veinott (1966) bounded the optimal parameters by quantities computed from the one-period cost alone. This mission formalizes the extension of both results to the fluctuating-demand model (§3.2 of the paper). A companion mission treats the linear order-cost case, in which a world-dependent basestock policy is optimal.

Setting

The world AAA is a continuous-time Markov chain on a countable set III with generator (qij)(q_{ij})(qij​), qi=−qii=∑j≠iqijq_i = -q_{ii} = \sum_{j\neq i} q_{ij}qi​=−qii​=∑j=i​qij​, and bounded rates. While A=iA = iA=i, unit demands arrive at Poisson rate λi\lambda_iλi​; shortages are backlogged. An order arrives after a random lead time LLL, independent of the world and the demand. The inventory position x∈Zx \in \mathbb Zx∈Z is on-hand stock minus backorders plus stock on order.

Costs: a fixed cost Kˉ\bar KKˉ per order and a unit cost cˉ\bar ccˉ, both paid on arrival; a holding cost rate h>0h > 0h>0 and a penalty cost rate p>0p > 0p>0; a discount rate α>0\alpha > 0α>0. With F~L(α)=E[e−αL]\tilde F_L(\alpha) = E[e^{-\alpha L}]F~L​(α)=E[e−αL], the discounted costs are c=cˉF~L(α)c = \bar c\tilde F_L(\alpha)c=cˉF~L​(α) and K=KˉF~L(α)K = \bar K\tilde F_L(\alpha)K=KˉF~L​(α). If DLiD^i_LDLi​ is the demand during a lead time from world state iii and C^(x)=max⁡{−px,hx}\hat C(x) = \max\{-px, hx\}C^(x)=max{−px,hx},

C(i,y)=E[e−αLC^(y−DLi)].C(i, y) = E\big[e^{-\alpha L}\hat C(y - D^i_L)\big].C(i,y)=E[e−αLC^(y−DLi​)].

Uniformization at a rate μ≥sup⁡iqi+sup⁡iλi\mu \ge \sup_i q_i + \sup_i\lambda_iμ≥supi​qi​+supi​λi​ turns the problem into a discrete-time dynamic program with β=1/(μ+α)\beta = 1/(\mu+\alpha)β=1/(μ+α), γ=βμ\gamma = \beta\muγ=βμ and the myopic cost G+(i,y)=(1−γ)cy+βC(i,y)G^+(i, y) = (1-\gamma)cy + \beta C(i, y)G+(i,y)=(1−γ)cy+βC(i,y). For a terminal cost W0W_0W0​ the nnn-stage costs satisfy the recursion (10):

Wn(i,x)=min⁡y≥x{Kδ(y−x)+Gn(i,y)},W_n(i, x) = \min_{y\ge x}\{K\delta(y-x) + G_n(i, y)\},Wn​(i,x)=y≥xmin​{Kδ(y−x)+Gn​(i,y)}, Gn(i,y)=G+(i,y)+βλic+β{λiWn−1(i,y−1)+∑j≠iqijWn−1(j,y)+(μ−λi−qi)Wn−1(i,y)},G_n(i, y) = G^+(i, y) + \beta\lambda_i c + \beta\Big\{\lambda_i W_{n-1}(i, y-1) + \sum_{j\neq i} q_{ij}W_{n-1}(j, y) + (\mu - \lambda_i - q_i)W_{n-1}(i, y)\Big\},Gn​(i,y)=G+(i,y)+βλi​c+β{λi​Wn−1​(i,y−1)+j=i∑​qij​Wn−1​(j,y)+(μ−λi​−qi​)Wn−1​(i,y)},

where δ(z)=1\delta(z) = 1δ(z)=1 if z>0z > 0z>0 and δ(0)=0\delta(0) = 0δ(0)=0. Throughout, Assumption 1, αcˉ<p\alpha\bar c < pαcˉ<p, holds and K>0K > 0K>0. The terminal cost is the optimal cost W∞W_\inftyW∞​ of the linear model (K=0K = 0K=0); its G∞G_\inftyG∞​ is written G0G_0G0​, and y∗(i)y^*(i)y∗(i) is the smallest minimizer of G0(i,⋅)G_0(i, \cdot)G0​(i,⋅).

A function f:Z→Rf : \mathbb Z \to \mathbb Rf:Z→R is KKK-convex (Definition 2) if f(x)−f(x−b)ba+f(x)≤f(x+a)+K\frac{f(x)-f(x-b)}{b}a + f(x) \le f(x+a) + Kbf(x)−f(x−b)​a+f(x)≤f(x+a)+K for all xxx and all integers a,b>0a, b > 0a,b>0. The (r,S)(r, S)(r,S) policy with parameters {(r(i),S(i))}\{(r(i), S(i))\}{(r(i),S(i))} orders up to S(i)S(i)S(i) when x≤r(i)x \le r(i)x≤r(i) and the world is in state iii, and does not order otherwise. With y+(i)y^+(i)y+(i) the smallest minimizer of G+(i,⋅)G^+(i,\cdot)G+(i,⋅) and ymin⁡+=min⁡iy+(i)y^+_{\min} = \min_i y^+(i)ymin+​=mini​y+(i), the paper defines

S+(i)=min⁡{y≥y+(i):G+(i,y)−G+(i,y+(i))>γK},r+(i)=max⁡{y<y+(i):G+(i,y)−G+(i,y+(i))>(1−γ)K},r−(i)=max⁡{y<y∗(i):G0(i,y)−G0(i,y∗(i))>K},r−−(i)=max⁡{y<ymin⁡+:G+(i,y)−G+(i,ymin⁡+)>K}.\begin{aligned} S^+(i) &= \min\{y \ge y^+(i) : G^+(i, y) - G^+(i, y^+(i)) > \gamma K\},\\ r^+(i) &= \max\{y < y^+(i) : G^+(i, y) - G^+(i, y^+(i)) > (1-\gamma)K\},\\ r^-(i) &= \max\{y < y^*(i) : G_0(i, y) - G_0(i, y^*(i)) > K\},\\ r^{--}(i) &= \max\{y < y^+_{\min} : G^+(i, y) - G^+(i, y^+_{\min}) > K\}. \end{aligned}S+(i)r+(i)r−(i)r−−(i)​=min{y≥y+(i):G+(i,y)−G+(i,y+(i))>γK},=max{y<y+(i):G+(i,y)−G+(i,y+(i))>(1−γ)K},=max{y<y∗(i):G0​(i,y)−G0​(i,y∗(i))>K},=max{y<ymin+​:G+(i,y)−G+(i,ymin+​)>K}.​

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorems 5(e) and 6

Let Sn∗(i)S^*_n(i)Sn∗​(i) be the smallest minimizer of Gn(i,⋅)G_n(i,\cdot)Gn​(i,⋅) and rn∗(i)r^*_n(i)rn∗​(i) the largest y<Sn∗(i)y < S^*_n(i)y<Sn∗​(i) with Gn(i,y)>K+Gn(i,Sn∗(i))G_n(i, y) > K + G_n(i, S^*_n(i))Gn​(i,y)>K+Gn​(i,Sn∗​(i)). For every iii the sequence (rn∗(i),Sn∗(i))(r^*_n(i), S^*_n(i))(rn∗​(i),Sn∗​(i)) has limit points; for any choice of limit points (r∗(i),S∗(i))(r^*(i), S^*(i))(r∗(i),S∗(i)), the world-dependent (r,S)(r, S)(r,S) policy with these parameters is optimal for the infinite-horizon discounted problem, and

y∗(i)≤S∗(i)<S+(i),r−−(i)≤r−(i)≤r∗(i)≤r+(i).y^*(i) \le S^*(i) < S^+(i),\qquad r^{--}(i) \le r^-(i) \le r^*(i) \le r^+(i).y∗(i)≤S∗(i)<S+(i),r−−(i)≤r−(i)≤r∗(i)≤r+(i).

Milestones

Lemma 4 (uniform bounds on the iterates); Theorem 3 (KKK-convexity of GnG_nGn​, WnW_nWn​ and optimality of an (r,S)(r, S)(r,S) rule for each nnn-stage problem); Lemmas 5 and 6 (difference comparisons); Theorem 4 (the bounds above for every nnn); Theorem 5(a)–(d) (convergence of WnW_nWn​, GnG_nGn​, the (r,S)(r, S)(r,S) property of limit points, and the optimality equation (2)).

Significance

The result shows that the classical (s,S)(s, S)(s,S) structure survives Markov modulation of demand with an infinite world space and stochastic lead times: a stationary policy whose two parameters depend only on the current world state is optimal over the infinite horizon. The bounds of Theorem 6 locate those parameters in an interval computed from the myopic cost G+G^+G+ and the linear model alone, uniformly in the horizon.

The results are proved in the paper, except that Theorem 5 refers to Iglehart (1963) and Lemma 4 to Song's thesis. To our knowledge none of them has a machine-checked proof. A formalization would also produce reusable machinery: KKK-convexity on the integers, the Scarf-type inductive argument with a countable world state, and the passage from finite-horizon to infinite-horizon optimality for a nonnegative-cost Markov decision process with unbounded costs.

Difficulty

The one-period cost is unbounded in xxx and the world space may be infinite, so the usual contraction argument for discounted dynamic programs does not apply. Convergence of WnW_nWn​ needs the uniform bound of Lemma 4. Optimality of the limit policy needs a separate argument, because a pointwise limit of (r,S)(r, S)(r,S) rules need not exist: the parameter sequences are only known to have limit points. The lower bounds r−r^-r− and r−−r^{--}r−− hold only because the terminal cost is the linear model's optimal cost, which makes the difference comparisons of Lemma 6 possible; the paper notes that Lemma 6 depends on this choice of W0W_0W0​.

Formalization scope

All definitions live in the namespace SongZipkinFluct.FixedCost. Inventory positions and order-up-to levels are integers. The demand law DLiD^i_LDLi​ is defined through uniformization at rate μ\muμ, as an exact series representation of the Markov-modulated Poisson count, and the lead time is a probability law on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞) independent of the rest. The standing conventions h,p,α>0h, p, \alpha > 0h,p,α>0, cˉ,Kˉ≥0\bar c, \bar K \ge 0cˉ,Kˉ≥0, μ>0\mu > 0μ>0 and μ≥q∗+λ∗\mu \ge q^* + \lambda^*μ≥q∗+λ∗ are hypotheses of the model. Assumption 1 and Kˉ>0\bar K > 0Kˉ>0 are hypotheses of each theorem.

The iterates WnW_nWn​ are defined by the recursion (10), with the minimum written as an infimum over integers y≥xy \ge xy≥x. W∞W_\inftyW∞​ and G∞G_\inftyG∞​ are the suprema over nnn, which are finite and equal the limits by Lemma 4 and Theorem 3. Every minimizer and every extremal integer (y+y^+y+, ymin⁡+y^+_{\min}ymin+​, y∗y^*y∗, Sn∗S^*_nSn∗​, rn∗r^*_nrn∗​, S+S^+S+, r+r^+r+, r−r^-r−, r−−r^{--}r−−) is passed through its defining property, never through sInf/sSup on Z\mathbb ZZ. The goal also asserts that all of them exist, so its hypotheses can be met. A limit point of an integer sequence is a value taken infinitely often.

Optimality is over all deterministic history-dependent feasible policies and from every initial state. Costs are valued in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞], and a policy's cost is the supremum of its finite-horizon discounted costs in the uniformized problem (1). Restricting the comparison to (r,S)(r, S)(r,S) or stationary policies would trivialize the goal and is ruled out. KKK-convexity is the integer version of Definition 2, not convexity over Z\mathbb ZZ-scalars.

Welcome contributions: KKK-convexity calculus on Z\mathbb ZZ, convergence of the uniformized demand series, Lemma 4, and an Iglehart-type limit argument for countable-state Markov decision processes with nonnegative costs.

Selected references

  • J.-S. Song and P. Zipkin, Inventory Control in a Fluctuating Demand Environment, Operations Research 41(2):351–370, 1993. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.41.2.351
  • H. Scarf, The Optimality of (S, s) Policies in the Dynamic Inventory Problem, in Mathematical Methods in the Social Sciences, Stanford University Press, 1960.
  • D. L. Iglehart, Optimality of (s, S) Policies in the Infinite Horizon Dynamic Inventory Problem, Management Science 9(2):259–267, 1963. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.9.2.259
  • A. F. Veinott, Jr., On the Optimality of (s, S) Inventory Policies: New Conditions and a New Proof, SIAM Journal on Applied Mathematics 14(5):1067–1083, 1966. https://doi.org/10.1137/0114086
  • D. P. Bertsekas and S. E. Shreve, Stochastic Optimal Control: The Discrete-Time Case, Academic Press, 1978.
14 thms1 active userReviewed
Convex OptimizationProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Primal-dual subgradient methods for convex problems 2: Stochastic Simple Averages Reach E[φ(x̄ₖ)] − φ* ≤ β̂ₖ₊₁(γd(x*) + L²/(2σγ))/(k+1)Research Paper

Motivation

Many decision problems under uncertainty take the form of minimizing an expected cost φ(x)=Eξf(x,ξ)\varphi(x) = \mathbb E_\xi f(x, \xi)φ(x)=Eξ​f(x,ξ) over a convex feasible set, where ξ\xiξ is a random parameter whose distribution can be sampled but not integrated in closed form. Evaluating φ\varphiφ even approximately can cost exponentially many evaluations of fff in the dimension of ξ\xiξ, so the classical deterministic notion of an approximate solution is unusable. A practical alternative, going back to Nemirovski and Yudin, asks for a random output xxx whose expected objective value is close to the optimum: E φ(x)−φ∗≤ϵ\mathbb E\,\varphi(x) - \varphi^* \le \epsilonEφ(x)−φ∗≤ϵ. Stochastic subgradient methods achieve this; Nesterov's paper Primal-dual subgradient methods for convex problems (Math. Program. 120 (2009)) shows that the same guarantee holds for a stochastic version of his method of simple dual averages, a scheme that aggregates all past subgradients in the dual space instead of taking projected steps with decreasing step sizes.

Dual averaging has since become a standard tool in stochastic and online convex optimization (regularized dual averaging, AdaGrad's primal-dual variant, distributed dual averaging). Section 6 of Nesterov's paper is the original statement of its expected-accuracy guarantee.

Setting

Let EEE be a finite-dimensional real vector space with an arbitrary norm ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\|∥⋅∥ and dual space E∗E^*E∗ with dual norm ∥s∥∗=max⁡{⟨s,x⟩:∥x∥≤1}\|s\|_* = \max\{\langle s, x\rangle : \|x\| \le 1\}∥s∥∗​=max{⟨s,x⟩:∥x∥≤1}. Let Q⊆EQ \subseteq EQ⊆E be closed and convex, and let ddd be a prox-function of QQQ: continuous on QQQ and strongly convex on QQQ with convexity parameter σ>0\sigma > 0σ>0,

d(αx+(1−α)y)≤αd(x)+(1−α)d(y)−12σα(1−α)∥x−y∥2,d(\alpha x + (1-\alpha)y) \le \alpha d(x) + (1-\alpha) d(y) - \tfrac12\sigma\alpha(1-\alpha)\|x-y\|^2,d(αx+(1−α)y)≤αd(x)+(1−α)d(y)−21​σα(1−α)∥x−y∥2,

with prox-center x0=arg⁡min⁡x∈Qd(x)x_0 = \arg\min_{x\in Q} d(x)x0​=argminx∈Q​d(x) and d(x0)=0d(x_0) = 0d(x0​)=0. For β>0\beta > 0β>0 and s∈E∗s \in E^*s∈E∗ the point πβ(s)=arg⁡min⁡x∈Q{−⟨s,x⟩+βd(x)}\pi_\beta(s) = \arg\min_{x \in Q}\{-\langle s, x\rangle + \beta d(x)\}πβ​(s)=argminx∈Q​{−⟨s,x⟩+βd(x)} is well defined. The scalar sequence β^\hat\betaβ^​ is given by β^0=β^1=1\hat\beta_0 = \hat\beta_1 = 1β^​0​=β^​1​=1 and β^i+1=β^i+1/β^i\hat\beta_{i+1} = \hat\beta_i + 1/\hat\beta_iβ^​i+1​=β^​i​+1/β^​i​ for i≥1i \ge 1i≥1.

The stochastic problem is given by a probability space (Ξ,μ)(\Xi, \mu)(Ξ,μ) and a cost f:Q×Ξ→Rf : Q \times \Xi \to \mathbb Rf:Q×Ξ→R with φ(x)=Eξf(x,ξ)\varphi(x) = \mathbb E_\xi f(x,\xi)φ(x)=Eξ​f(x,ξ) well defined on QQQ, and a minimizer x∗x^*x∗ of φ\varphiφ over QQQ with φ∗=φ(x∗)\varphi^* = \varphi(x^*)φ∗=φ(x∗). Assumption 1: each f(⋅,ξ)f(\cdot, \xi)f(⋅,ξ) is convex on QQQ. Assumption 2: a stochastic oracle returns a subgradient f′(x,ξ)f'(x, \xi)f′(x,ξ) of f(⋅,ξ)f(\cdot, \xi)f(⋅,ξ) at xxx, and ∥f′(x,ξ)∥∗≤L\|f'(x,\xi)\|_* \le L∥f′(x,ξ)∥∗​≤L for all x∈Qx \in Qx∈Q, ξ∈Ξ\xi \in \Xiξ∈Ξ.

The method of stochastic simple averages (SSA, (6.3)) fixes γ>0\gamma > 0γ>0, starts from x0x_0x0​ and s0=0s_0 = 0s0​=0, and for k≥0k \ge 0k≥0 draws a fresh independent sample ξk∼μ\xi_k \sim \muξk​∼μ and sets

sk+1=sk+f′(xk,ξk),xk+1=πγβ^k+1(−sk+1).s_{k+1} = s_k + f'(x_k, \xi_k), \qquad x_{k+1} = \pi_{\gamma\hat\beta_{k+1}}(-s_{k+1}).sk+1​=sk​+f′(xk​,ξk​),xk+1​=πγβ^​k+1​​(−sk+1​).

Its deterministic counterpart, the method of simple dual averages (SDA, (2.21)), is the same recursion with arbitrary answers gkg_kgk​ in place of f′(xk,ξk)f'(x_k, \xi_k)f′(xk​,ξk​). The quality of the points x0,…,xkx_0,\dots,x_kx0​,…,xk​ is measured by the gap δk(D)=max⁡{∑i=0k⟨gi,xi−x⟩:x∈Q, d(x)≤D}\delta_k(D) = \max\{\sum_{i=0}^k\langle g_i, x_i - x\rangle : x \in Q,\ d(x)\le D\}δk​(D)=max{∑i=0k​⟨gi​,xi​−x⟩:x∈Q, d(x)≤D}. Write ξk=(ξ0,…,ξk)\boldsymbol\xi_k = (\xi_0, \dots, \xi_k)ξk​=(ξ0​,…,ξk​) and Eξk\mathbb E_{\boldsymbol\xi_k}Eξk​​ for the expectation over these k+1k+1k+1 independent samples.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 7 (p. 27)

For every k≥0k \ge 0k≥0,

Eξk(φ(1k+1∑i=0kxi))−φ∗≤β^k+1k+1(γ d(x∗)+L22σγ).\mathbb E_{\boldsymbol\xi_k}\Big(\varphi\Big(\frac{1}{k+1}\sum_{i=0}^k x_i\Big)\Big) - \varphi^* \le \frac{\hat\beta_{k+1}}{k+1}\Big(\gamma\, d(x^*) + \frac{L^2}{2\sigma\gamma}\Big).Eξk​​(φ(k+11​i=0∑k​xi​))−φ∗≤k+1β^​k+1​​(γd(x∗)+2σγL2​).

Milestones

  1. Theorem 2 (p. 11): for SDA with any answers gig_igi​ and Lk=max⁡i≤k∥gi∥∗L_k = \max_{i\le k}\|g_i\|_*Lk​=maxi≤k​∥gi​∥∗​, δk(D)≤β^k+1(γD+Lk2/(2σγ))\delta_k(D) \le \hat\beta_{k+1}(\gamma D + L_k^2/(2\sigma\gamma))δk​(D)≤β^​k+1​(γD+Lk2​/(2σγ)) for D≥0D \ge 0D≥0, and, if some x∗∈Qx^* \in Qx∗∈Q satisfies ⟨gi,xi−x∗⟩≥0\langle g_i, x_i - x^*\rangle \ge 0⟨gi​,xi​−x∗⟩≥0 for all iii, ∥xk−x∗∥2≤2σd(x∗)+Lk2/(σ2γ2)\|x_k - x^*\|^2 \le \frac2\sigma d(x^*) + L_k^2/(\sigma^2\gamma^2)∥xk​−x∗∥2≤σ2​d(x∗)+Lk2​/(σ2γ2).
  2. (6.5) (p. 26): along every sample path, 1k+1δ~k(D)≤β^k+1k+1(γD+L22σγ)\frac{1}{k+1}\tilde\delta_k(D) \le \frac{\hat\beta_{k+1}}{k+1}(\gamma D + \frac{L^2}{2\sigma\gamma})k+11​δ~k​(D)≤k+1β^​k+1​​(γD+2σγL2​).
  3. Display after (6.5) (p. 26): for D≥d(x∗)D \ge d(x^*)D≥d(x∗), the gap of a run dominates 1k+1∑i⟨f′(xi,ξi),xi−x∗⟩\frac1{k+1}\sum_i\langle f'(x_i,\xi_i), x_i - x^*\ranglek+11​∑i​⟨f′(xi​,ξi​),xi​−x∗⟩, which dominates 1k+1∑i[f(xi,ξi)−f(x∗,ξi)]\frac1{k+1}\sum_i[f(x_i,\xi_i) - f(x^*,\xi_i)]k+11​∑i​[f(xi​,ξi​)−f(x∗,ξi​)].
  4. (6.6) (p. 26): Eξk(1k+1δk(D))≥1k+1∑iEξkf(xi,ξi)−φ∗\mathbb E_{\boldsymbol\xi_k}(\frac1{k+1}\delta_k(D)) \ge \frac1{k+1}\sum_i\mathbb E_{\boldsymbol\xi_k} f(x_i,\xi_i) - \varphi^*Eξk​​(k+11​δk​(D))≥k+11​∑i​Eξk​​f(xi​,ξi​)−φ∗.
  5. p. 27, first display: Eξkf(xi,ξi)=Eξkφ(xi)\mathbb E_{\boldsymbol\xi_k} f(x_i,\xi_i) = \mathbb E_{\boldsymbol\xi_k}\varphi(x_i)Eξk​​f(xi​,ξi​)=Eξk​​φ(xi​) for i≤ki \le ki≤k.
  6. p. 27, display before Theorem 7: 1k+1∑iEφ(xi)≥Eφ(1k+1∑ixi)\frac1{k+1}\sum_i\mathbb E\varphi(x_i) \ge \mathbb E\varphi(\frac1{k+1}\sum_i x_i)k+11​∑i​Eφ(xi​)≥Eφ(k+11​∑i​xi​), together with the averaged identity.

Significance

Theorem 7 gives an explicit, non-asymptotic bound on the expected optimality gap of the averaged SSA point. Since β^k+1≈2k\hat\beta_{k+1} \approx \sqrt{2k}β^​k+1​≈2k​, the bound is O(1/k)O(1/\sqrt k)O(1/k​), the optimal rate for nonsmooth stochastic convex optimization with bounded subgradients. Two features distinguish it from the classical stochastic subgradient bound: it holds in an arbitrary norm with a non-Euclidean prox-function (for example the entropy on the simplex with the ℓ1\ell_1ℓ1​ norm), and the feasible set QQQ need not be bounded, since only d(x∗)d(x^*)d(x∗) enters. The constant is explicit and γ\gammaγ can be tuned to γ=L/2σd(x∗)\gamma = L/\sqrt{2\sigma d(x^*)}γ=L/2σd(x∗)​.

The result is proved in the paper; to our knowledge no machine-checked proof of Theorem 7 or of the dual averaging bounds of the paper exists. A formalization yields a reusable verified analysis of dual averaging in a general normed space, a template for expectation bounds over i.i.d. sample paths of an adaptive algorithm, and checked constants.

Difficulty

The pathwise part is a consequence of the deterministic Theorem 2, which itself rests on the general Dual Averaging bound (the companion mission's Theorem 1) and on the strong convexity estimates for πβ\pi_\betaπβ​. The probabilistic part looks routine on paper but is where formal arguments break: the iterate xix_ixi​ is a function of ξ0,…,ξi−1\xi_0, \dots, \xi_{i-1}ξ0​,…,ξi−1​, and the identity Ef(xi,ξi)=Eφ(xi)\mathbb E f(x_i, \xi_i) = \mathbb E\varphi(x_i)Ef(xi​,ξi​)=Eφ(xi​) requires measurability of the whole run and a Fubini argument on the product space. Measurability of the run in turn depends on continuity of the argmin map πβ\pi_\betaπβ​, and integrability of φ(xˉk)\varphi(\bar x_k)φ(xˉk​) and of the gap is not assumed but must be derived from the uniform bound LLL and the boundedness of the iterates. Pathwise bounds alone do not suffice: (6.5) controls the gap on each sample, not φ(xˉk)\varphi(\bar x_k)φ(xˉk​).

Formalization scope

Theorem numbers and page numbers refer to source.pdf, the author's revised CORE discussion-paper version (September 2005) of the Math. Program. article; printed pages equal PDF pages.

  • EEE is a finite-dimensional real normed space with an arbitrary norm; E∗E^*E∗ is StrongDual ℝ E with the operator norm, and ⟨s,x⟩\langle s, x\rangle⟨s,x⟩ is s x. Strong convexity is Mathlib's StrongConvexOn Q σ d, which is exactly (1.8); σ>0\sigma > 0σ>0.
  • π\piπ is a map ℝ → StrongDual ℝ E → E with the hypothesis that πβ(s)\pi_\beta(s)πβ​(s) lies in QQQ and minimizes −⟨s,x⟩+βd(x)-\langle s, x\rangle + \beta d(x)−⟨s,x⟩+βd(x) for every β>0\beta > 0β>0; no choice function is used.
  • β^\hat\betaβ^​ is defined by recursion with β^0=β^1=1\hat\beta_0 = \hat\beta_1 = 1β^​0​=β^​1​=1. The gap is a real supremum over FD={x∈Q:d(x)≤D}\mathcal F_D = \{x\in Q : d(x)\le D\}FD​={x∈Q:d(x)≤D}, used only for D≥0D \ge 0D≥0, where the set is nonempty and bounded.
  • Indices start at 0; x0x_0x0​ is the prox-center. The run is a function of a sample path ω:N→Ξ\omega : \mathbb N \to \Xiω:N→Ξ; Eξk\mathbb E_{\boldsymbol\xi_k}Eξk​​ is the integral against the product measure μ⊗(k+1)\mu^{\otimes(k+1)}μ⊗(k+1) on Ξk+1\Xi^{k+1}Ξk+1 (the law of k+1k+1k+1 i.i.d. copies of ξ\xiξ), with the finite sample padded to a sequence that the iterates never read.
  • fff and f′f'f′ are functions on E×ΞE \times \XiE×Ξ whose values off QQQ are irrelevant; the subgradient inequality is relative to QQQ. Integrability of f(x,⋅)f(x, \cdot)f(x,⋅) for x∈Qx \in Qx∈Q, and joint measurability of fff and f′f'f′, are explicit hypotheses. The paper uses measurability tacitly; without it a Lean integral of a non-measurable function is 000 and the goal could become false.
  • A statement for a fixed sample path, or with Eφ(xˉk)\mathbb E\varphi(\bar x_k)Eφ(xˉk​) replaced by a pathwise quantity, is a different and weaker theorem and does not count. Integrability of the run is not assumed: it is part of what must be proved.

A complete development needs the deterministic dual averaging analysis (Lemma 1, Lemma 2, Theorem 1 of the paper, restated here only through Theorem 2), measurability and continuity of πβ\pi_\betaπβ​, and Fubini on finite products of probability spaces. The dual averaging lemmas and the product-measure lemmas for adaptive sample paths are reusable beyond this mission. Proofs of any milestone, and supporting lemmas on measurability of the SSA run, are welcome.

Selected references

  • Yu. Nesterov, Primal-dual subgradient methods for convex problems, Mathematical Programming 120 (2009), 221–259. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-007-0149-x
  • A. Nemirovski, A. Juditsky, G. Lan, A. Shapiro, Robust stochastic approximation approach to stochastic programming, SIAM J. Optim. 19 (2009), 1574–1609. https://doi.org/10.1137/070704277
  • L. Xiao, Dual averaging methods for regularized stochastic learning and online optimization, J. Mach. Learn. Res. 11 (2010), 2543–2596. https://jmlr.org/papers/v11/xiao10a.html
10 thms1 active userReviewed
AnalysisOperations ResearchStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Dynamic Scheduling with Convex Delay Costs: The Generalized cμ Rule: Policies Equalizing the Indices μ_k c_k(W_k/ρ_k) Attain the Heavy-Traffic Lower Bound on Cumulative Delay CostResearch Paper

Motivation

A single server shared by several classes of jobs must decide, at every moment, which class to work on. When each class kkk incurs a linear delay cost ckc_kck​ per unit of waiting time and needs mean service time 1/μk1/\mu_k1/μk​, the classical cμc\mucμ rule (serve the waiting class with the largest ckμkc_k\mu_kck​μk​) minimizes expected cost in many settings, from the M/G/1 queue to discrete-time models (Buyukkoc, Varaiya and Walrand, Adv. Appl. Probab. 1985). Linear costs are a strong restriction: in telecommunications, manufacturing and service systems the penalty for delay often grows faster than linearly, and with convex costs the static priority order of the cμc\mucμ rule is no longer optimal.

Van Mieghem (Ann. Appl. Probab. 1995) proposed the generalized cμc\mucμ rule: with nondecreasing convex delay costs CkC_kCk​ and marginal costs ck=Ck′c_k = C_k'ck​=Ck′​, serve the class with the largest index μkck(⋅)\mu_k c_k(\cdot)μk​ck​(⋅) evaluated at its current delay or workload. The paper proves that, in heavy traffic, this dynamic index policy is asymptotically optimal among all scheduling policies, including policies whose scaled workloads do not converge. This mission formalizes that result and the chain of propositions it rests on.

Setting

There are ddd job classes. In the nnnth system, the iiith class-kkk job arrives after an interarrival time uk,in>0u^n_{k,i}>0uk,in​>0 and needs service vk,in≥0v^n_{k,i}\ge 0vk,in​≥0. Akn(t)A^n_k(t)Akn​(t) counts class-kkk arrivals in [0,t][0,t][0,t] and Skn(x)S^n_k(x)Skn​(x) counts class-kkk completions within xxx units of server time. A policy is an allocation Tn=(Tkn)T^n=(T^n_k)Tn=(Tkn​), where Tkn(t)T^n_k(t)Tkn​(t) is the time in [0,t][0,t][0,t] spent on class kkk. From it come the headcount Nkn=Akn−Skn∘TknN^n_k = A^n_k - S^n_k\circ T^n_kNkn​=Akn​−Skn​∘Tkn​, the workload Wkn(t)=Vkn(Akn(t))−Tkn(t)W^n_k(t) = V^n_k(A^n_k(t)) - T^n_k(t)Wkn​(t)=Vkn​(Akn​(t))−Tkn​(t) (work present in class kkk), the class-FIFO delay τkn(t)=inf⁡{s≥0:Wkn(t)≤Tkn(t+s)−Tkn(t)}\tau^n_k(t)=\inf\{s\ge0: W^n_k(t)\le T^n_k(t+s)-T^n_k(t)\}τkn​(t)=inf{s≥0:Wkn​(t)≤Tkn​(t+s)−Tkn​(t)} of a job arriving at ttt, and the cumulative cost Jn(t)=∑k∑i≤Akn(t)Ckn(τk,in)J^n(t)=\sum_k\sum_{i\le A^n_k(t)} C^n_k(\tau^n_{k,i})Jn(t)=∑k​∑i≤Akn​(t)​Ckn​(τk,in​). Feasible policies are continuous, nondecreasing and work conserving.

The nnnth system runs on [0,n][0,n][0,n] and is studied at the diffusion scale: W~kn(t)=Wkn(nt)/n\tilde W^n_k(t)=W^n_k(nt)/\sqrt nW~kn​(t)=Wkn​(nt)/n​, N~kn\tilde N^n_kN~kn​, τ~kn\tilde\tau^n_kτ~kn​ likewise, and J~n(t)=Jn(nt)/n\tilde J^n(t)=J^n(nt)/nJ~n(t)=Jn(nt)/n. Arrival and service processes expand as An(nt)=nAˉn(t)+n A~n(t)+o(n)A^n(nt)=n\bar A^n(t)+\sqrt n\,\tilde A^n(t)+o(\sqrt n)An(nt)=nAˉn(t)+n​A~n(t)+o(n​) and Sn(nt)=nSˉn(t)+n S~n(t)+o(n)S^n(nt)=n\bar S^n(t)+\sqrt n\,\tilde S^n(t)+o(\sqrt n)Sn(nt)=nSˉn(t)+n​S~n(t)+o(n​). Assumption 1 asks that these terms converge, with rates λ=Aˉ∗′>0\lambda=\bar A^{*\prime}>0λ=Aˉ∗′>0, μ=Sˉ∗′>0\mu=\bar S^{*\prime}>0μ=Sˉ∗′>0, and that the system is in heavy traffic: n(R+n−e)→c~∗\sqrt n(R^n_+-e)\to\tilde c^*n​(R+n​−e)→c~∗, where Rkn=(Sˉkn)−1∘AˉknR^n_k=(\bar S^n_k)^{-1}\circ\bar A^n_kRkn​=(Sˉkn​)−1∘Aˉkn​ and ρk=λk/μk\rho_k=\lambda_k/\mu_kρk​=λk​/μk​ is the traffic intensity. Assumption 2 asks that the costs scale, Cn(n ⋅)→C∗(⋅)C^n(\sqrt n\,\cdot)\to C^*(\cdot)Cn(n​⋅)→C∗(⋅), and Assumption 3 that C∗C^*C∗ be strictly convex and C1\mathcal C^1C1.

The scaled total workload has a policy-independent limit W~+∗=φ(L~+∗+c~∗)\tilde W^*_+=\varphi(\tilde L^*_++\tilde c^*)W~+∗​=φ(L~+∗​+c~∗), with φ\varphiφ the one-dimensional reflection map. The key static problem splits a total yyy among classes:

g∘y(t)=arg⁡min⁡x∈R+d, ∑kxk=y(t) ∑kλk(t) Ck∗(xkρk(t)).(43)g\circ y(t)=\arg\min_{x\in\mathbb R^d_+,\ \sum_k x_k=y(t)}\ \sum_k\lambda_k(t)\,C^*_k\Big(\frac{x_k}{\rho_k(t)}\Big). \tag{43}g∘y(t)=argx∈R+d​, ∑k​xk​=y(t)min​ k∑​λk​(t)Ck∗​(ρk​(t)xk​​).(43)

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 7

Under Assumptions 1–3, for feasible policies with

max⁡k,l∥μkck∗(W~knρk)−μlcl∗(W~lnρl)∥→0,(51)\max_{k,l}\Big\|\mu_kc^*_k\Big(\frac{\tilde W^n_k}{\rho_k}\Big)-\mu_lc^*_l\Big(\frac{\tilde W^n_l}{\rho_l}\Big)\Big\|\to0, \tag{51}k,lmax​​μk​ck∗​(ρk​W~kn​​)−μl​cl∗​(ρl​W~ln​​)​→0,(51)

the costs and delays converge,

J~n→J~∗=∑k∫λkCk∗([g∘W~+∗]kρk)dt,τ~n→g∘W~+∗ρ.(52–53)\tilde J^n\to\tilde J^*=\sum_k\int\lambda_kC^*_k\Big(\frac{[g\circ\tilde W^*_+]_k}{\rho_k}\Big)dt,\qquad \tilde\tau^n\to\frac{g\circ\tilde W^*_+}{\rho}. \tag{52–53}J~n→J~∗=k∑​∫λk​Ck∗​(ρk​[g∘W~+∗​]k​​)dt,τ~n→ρg∘W~+∗​​.(52–53)

Milestones

Lemma 1 and Proposition 2 (jumps (33)–(34), first-order allocation (27), total workload (32), boundedness, equivalences (35)); Proposition 3 (μkW~kn−N~kn→0\mu_k\tilde W^n_k-\tilde N^n_k\to0μk​W~kn​−N~kn​→0); Proposition 4 (Little's law); Proposition 5 (converging policies); uniqueness and continuity of ggg (§4.1); the Kuhn–Tucker characterization (46)–(50); and Proposition 6, the lower bound

lim inf⁡nJ~n(t)≥J~∗(t)for every feasible policy sequence.(44)\liminf_n\tilde J^n(t)\ge\tilde J^*(t)\qquad\text{for every feasible policy sequence.}\tag{44}nliminf​J~n(t)≥J~∗(t)for every feasible policy sequence.(44)

Proposition 6 is what makes Proposition 7 an optimality statement; it is a separate milestone and not part of the goal.

Significance

The result. Proposition 7 identifies a simple, myopic index rule that is optimal at the diffusion scale for every time simultaneously, for arbitrary convex delay costs and nonstationary rates. It extends the cμc\mucμ rule beyond linear costs, links it to the "hug the optimal workload curve" policies of heavy-traffic control, and shows that the instantaneous allocation problem (43) is all that matters asymptotically. Later work on Brownian control of multiclass queues and on convex-cost scheduling (Mandelbaum and Stolyar 2004) builds on this.

Formalizing it. The paper's proofs are short and informal at several points, and the formalization makes these points explicit: the domain of every uniform limit, the policy class, and the reading of μ\muμ. No part of this paper has a machine-checked proof. A completed mission would give a verified heavy-traffic analysis of a multiclass single-server queue at the sample-path level, the first on the platform with a deterministic diffusion scaling and an explicit reflection map.

Difficulty

The obvious route is to show that W~n\tilde W^nW~n converges and then pass to the limit in the cost. That fails for the lower bound: Proposition 6 must cover policies whose class workloads never converge (polling-type policies), so it cannot use compactness of W~n\tilde W^nW~n and must instead compare the cost of an arbitrary split of W~+n\tilde W^n_+W~+n​ with the optimal split, locally in time. For the goal, (51) controls only the indices, so the convergence of W~n\tilde W^nW~n must be extracted from (51) through the inverse marginal costs, the convergence of the total workload, and the Kuhn–Tucker conditions of (43). Delay convergence then needs a uniform control of T~n\tilde T^nT~n over windows of length O(n−1/2)O(n^{-1/2})O(n−1/2), and cost convergence needs the convergence of the costs CnC^nCn applied to delays of order n\sqrt nn​.

Formalization scope

Lean namespace GenCMu.HeavyTraffic. The development is deterministic and works one sample path at a time; the stochastic version (Proposition 8) is not part of this mission. Conventions committed to:

  • Classes are Fin d; job indices start at 111; every "→" between functions is uniform convergence ((11)), on [0,1][0,1][0,1] unless stated; lim inf⁡\liminfliminf is written as "eventually ≥\ge≥ bound −ε-\varepsilon−ε".
  • The scaled processes are defined exactly, with Tˉn=Lˉn=Rn\bar T^n=\bar L^n=R^nTˉn=Lˉn=Rn ((69), (75)); the inverse in (14) is the generalized inverse on [0,1][0,1][0,1].
  • The o(n1/2)o(n^{1/2})o(n1/2) terms of (12)–(13) are uniform in ttt. The trends converge in C1\mathcal C^1C1, not only in C\mathcal CC. Without this, Aˉn,Sˉn\bar A^n,\bar S^nAˉn,Sˉn can oscillate on the n−1/2n^{-1/2}n−1/2 scale and (33)–(34) and Proposition 3 fail. The service expansion holds on server time [0,2n][0,2n][0,2n], so that for d=1d=1d=1 in heavy traffic the service times of jobs arriving before nnn are covered.
  • μk\mu_kμk​ in (20), (36), (41), (46)–(51) is μk(Rk∗(t))\mu_k(R^*_k(t))μk​(Rk∗​(t)), the service rate in real time, so ρk=λk/μk(Rk∗)\rho_k=\lambda_k/\mu_k(R^*_k)ρk​=λk​/μk​(Rk∗​).
  • (38) is uniform on compacts. Assumption 3's interior clause is imposed where W~+∗(t)>0\tilde W^*_+(t)>0W~+∗​(t)>0. At W~+∗(t)=0\tilde W^*_+(t)=0W~+∗​(t)=0 no point of Ω={0}\Omega=\{0\}Ω={0} is interior, and the literal clause would make the goal vacuous.
  • For the heavy-traffic limit and goal, feasible policies satisfy F1 (without adaptedness), F2–F4, Wk≥0W_k\ge0Wk​≥0, work conservation (used by W+n=φ(Xn)W^n_+=\varphi(X^n)W+n​=φ(Xn)), and every job finishes. Proposition 6 uses a broader cost-admissible class that permits idleness with work waiting. Class-FIFO is built into the delay (9).
  • The delays of jobs arriving near the horizon depend on post-horizon service. We require the allocation on every bounded diffusion-scale window after nnn to advance at the first-order rates ρk(1)\rho_k(1)ρk​(1). This explicit boundary hypothesis keeps Propositions 2, 4, 5, and 7 on the paper's full [0,1][0,1][0,1].
  • Lemma 1 additionally assumes a common Lipschitz bound on the first-order partial-sum trends. Uniform convergence alone permits jumps of order n\sqrt nn​; the bound repairs that omission. Uniqueness of the solution of (43) is stated under strict convexity: "convex increasing" (p. 820) does not give it. (35) is stated without the implication from τ~n\tilde\tau^nτ~n back to W~n\tilde W^nW~n, which fails in the uniform topology.
  • J~∗\tilde J^*J~∗ integrates the optimal value of (43), so Proposition 6 needs no choice of minimizer.

A trivializing formalization is ruled out: no theorem assumes the convergence of W~n\tilde W^nW~n or W~+n\tilde W^n_+W~+n​, the uniqueness of minimizers, or the lower bound, and the joint satisfiability of all hypotheses has been checked in Lean for d=1d=1d=1.

Needed infrastructure: sample-path reflection-map estimates, counting/partial-sum inversion with uniform o(n)o(\sqrt n)o(n​) errors, parametric convex optimization (Berge's theorem for (43)), and Riemann-sum arguments for the lower bound. The reflection-map and inversion lemmas are reusable beyond this mission. Contributions to any milestone are welcome. The definitions are frozen, so a proof that needs a different definition should be raised in the discussion.

Selected references

  • J. A. Van Mieghem, Dynamic Scheduling with Convex Delay Costs: The Generalized cμ Rule, Ann. Appl. Probab. 5(3) (1995) 809–833. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoap/1177004706
  • C. Buyukkoc, P. Varaiya, J. Walrand, The cμ rule revisited, Adv. Appl. Probab. 17 (1985) 237–238.
  • J. M. Harrison, Brownian Motion and Stochastic Flow Systems, Wiley, 1985 (reflection map).
  • D. L. Iglehart, W. Whitt, Multiple channel queues in heavy traffic. I, Adv. Appl. Probab. 2 (1970) 150–177.
  • A. Mandelbaum, A. L. Stolyar, Scheduling flexible servers with convex delay costs: heavy-traffic optimality of the generalized cμ-rule, Oper. Res. 52(6) (2004) 836–855. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1040.0156
16 thms1 active userReviewed
Operations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Scenarios and Policy Aggregation in Optimization Under Uncertainty 2: A Limit of Locally Optimal Progressive Hedging Steps Is a Stationary Point of the Nonconvex ProblemResearch Paper

Motivation

Multistage decision problems under uncertainty are often modelled by a finite set of scenarios: each scenario sss fixes one possible future, and for it a deterministic problem can be solved. What makes the problem stochastic is the requirement that decisions may depend only on information available at the time they are taken. Rockafellar and Wets (WP-87-119, 1987; journal version Math. Oper. Res. 16 (1991) 119–147) proposed the progressive hedging algorithm, which solves the scenario problems separately with a penalty and a price term and blends their solutions step by step into a single policy that respects the information constraints. The method is a standard decomposition scheme of stochastic programming and is implemented in solver libraries such as PySP and mpi-sppy.

For convex problems the paper proves convergence through the theory of the proximal point algorithm. Many practical scenario models are not convex (integer-like penalties, nonconvex costs). For that case the paper proves one result, Theorem 6.1: the algorithm cannot be expected to find a global minimum, but whenever it converges, its limit is a stationary point. This mission formalizes that result.

Setting

Let SSS be a finite set of scenarios with probabilities ps>0p_s>0ps​>0, ∑sps=1\sum_s p_s=1∑s​ps​=1. A decision is a vector x=(x1,…,xT)∈Rnx=(x_1,\dots,x_T)\in\mathbb R^nx=(x1​,…,xT​)∈Rn, split into blocks xtx_txt​ taken at times t=1,…,Tt=1,\dots,Tt=1,…,T. For each scenario there is a scenario subproblem

(Ps)minimize fs(x) over x∈Cs⊆Rn.(P_s)\qquad\text{minimize } f_s(x)\ \text{over } x\in C_s\subseteq\mathbb R^n .(Ps​)minimize fs​(x) over x∈Cs​⊆Rn.

Throughout, every CsC_sCs​ is nonempty and closed, every fsf_sfs​ is locally Lipschitz, and the sets {x∈Cs∣fs(x)≤α}\{x\in C_s\mid f_s(x)\le\alpha\}{x∈Cs​∣fs​(x)≤α} are bounded.

A policy is a map X:S→RnX:S\to\mathbb R^nX:S→Rn. Policies form a space E\mathcal EE with inner product ⟨X,Y⟩=∑spsX(s)⋅Y(s)\langle X,Y\rangle=\sum_s p_s X(s)\cdot Y(s)⟨X,Y⟩=∑s​ps​X(s)⋅Y(s) and norm ∥X∥=⟨X,X⟩1/2\|X\|=\langle X,X\rangle^{1/2}∥X∥=⟨X,X⟩1/2. For each time ttt the scenarios are partitioned into bundles A∈AtA\in\mathcal A_tA∈At​ of scenarios indistinguishable at time ttt. A policy is implementable, X∈NX\in\mathcal NX∈N, when each XtX_tXt​ is constant on every bundle of At\mathcal A_tAt​; it is admissible, X∈CX\in\mathcal CX∈C, when X(s)∈CsX(s)\in C_sX(s)∈Cs​ for all sss. The aggregation operator JJJ replaces Xt(s)X_t(s)Xt​(s) by its conditional expectation over the bundle of sss; K=I−JK=I-JK=I−J, and M={W∣JW=0}=N⊥\mathcal M=\{W\mid JW=0\}=\mathcal N^\perpM={W∣JW=0}=N⊥. With F(X)=∑spsfs(X(s))F(X)=\sum_s p_s f_s(X(s))F(X)=∑s​ps​fs​(X(s)) the problem is

(P)minimize F(X) over X∈C∩N.(P)\qquad\text{minimize } F(X)\ \text{over } X\in\mathcal C\cap\mathcal N .(P)minimize F(X) over X∈C∩N.

Progressive hedging with parameter r>0r>0r>0 keeps Xν∈CX^\nu\in\mathcal CXν∈C and Wν∈MW^\nu\in\mathcal MWν∈M. It sets X^ν=JXν\hat X^\nu=JX^\nuX^ν=JXν, computes Xν+1(s)X^{\nu+1}(s)Xν+1(s) for every sss from

(Psν)minimize fs(x)+x⋅Wν(s)+12r∣x−X^ν(s)∣2 over x∈Cs,(P^\nu_s)\qquad\text{minimize } f_s(x)+x\cdot W^\nu(s)+\tfrac12 r|x-\hat X^\nu(s)|^2\ \text{over } x\in C_s ,(Psν​)minimize fs​(x)+x⋅Wν(s)+21​r∣x−X^ν(s)∣2 over x∈Cs​,

and updates Wν+1=Wν+rKXν+1W^{\nu+1}=W^\nu+rKX^{\nu+1}Wν+1=Wν+rKXν+1. In the nonconvex case, Xν+1(s)X^{\nu+1}(s)Xν+1(s) is only required to be δ\deltaδ-locally optimal: optimal among the points of CsC_sCs​ within Euclidean distance δ\deltaδ of it, for a fixed δ>0\delta>0δ>0.

∂g(x)\partial g(x)∂g(x) denotes Clarke's generalized gradient of a locally Lipschitz ggg and NC(x)N_C(x)NC​(x) Clarke's normal cone to a closed set CCC.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 6.1

If Xν→X∗X^\nu\to X^*Xν→X∗ and Wν→W∗W^\nu\to W^*Wν→W∗, then X∗∈N∩CX^*\in\mathcal N\cap\mathcal CX∗∈N∩C, W∗∈MW^*\in\mathcal MW∗∈M and

−W∗(s)∈∂fs(X∗(s))+NCs(X∗(s))for all s∈S;-W^*(s)\in\partial f_s(X^*(s))+N_{C_s}(X^*(s))\qquad\text{for all } s\in S;−W∗(s)∈∂fs​(X∗(s))+NCs​​(X∗(s))for all s∈S;

moreover X∗X^*X∗ is a local minimizer of (P~)(\tilde P)(P~), which is (P) with fsf_sfs​ replaced by f~s(x)=fs(x)+12r∣x−X∗(s)∣2\tilde f_s(x)=f_s(x)+\tfrac12 r|x-X^*(s)|^2f~​s​(x)=fs​(x)+21​r∣x−X∗(s)∣2, and −W∗(s)∈∂f~s(X∗(s))+NCs(X∗(s))-W^*(s)\in\partial\tilde f_s(X^*(s))+N_{C_s}(X^*(s))−W∗(s)∈∂f~​s​(X∗(s))+NCs​​(X∗(s)).

Milestones

  1. (6.4)–(6.5): each Xν+1X^{\nu+1}Xν+1 is optimal for (Pν)(P^\nu)(Pν), minimize F(X)+⟨X,Wν⟩+12r∥X−X^ν∥2F(X)+\langle X,W^\nu\rangle+\tfrac12 r\|X-\hat X^\nu\|^2F(X)+⟨X,Wν⟩+21​r∥X−X^ν∥2 over C\mathcal CC, on the ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\|∥⋅∥-ball of radius δ′=δmin⁡sps1/2\delta'=\delta\min_s p_s^{1/2}δ′=δmins​ps1/2​.
  2. W∗∈MW^*\in\mathcal MW∗∈M, KXν→0KX^\nu\to0KXν→0 and X∗∈NX^*\in\mathcal NX∗∈N.
  3. (6.6): X∗X^*X∗ is locally optimal for (P∗)(P^*)(P∗), minimize F(X)+⟨X,W∗⟩+12r∥X−X∗∥2F(X)+\langle X,W^*\rangle+\tfrac12 r\|X-X^*\|^2F(X)+⟨X,W∗⟩+21​r∥X−X∗∥2 over C\mathcal CC.
  4. X∗X^*X∗ is locally optimal for F(X)+12r∥X−X∗∥2=E{f~s(X(s))}F(X)+\tfrac12 r\|X-X^*\|^2=E\{\tilde f_s(X(s))\}F(X)+21​r∥X−X∗∥2=E{f~​s​(X(s))} over C∩N\mathcal C\cap\mathcal NC∩N.
  5. (6.2): ∂f~s(X∗(s))=∂fs(X∗(s))\partial\tilde f_s(X^*(s))=\partial f_s(X^*(s))∂f~​s​(X∗(s))=∂fs​(X∗(s)), from ∂f~s(x)=∂fs(x)+r(x−X∗(s))\partial\tilde f_s(x)=\partial f_s(x)+r(x-X^*(s))∂f~​s​(x)=∂fs​(x)+r(x−X∗(s)).
  6. Theorem 4.1: at a local minimizer of (P) satisfying the constraint qualification "the only W∈MW\in\mathcal MW∈M with −W(s)∈NCs(X∗(s))-W(s)\in N_{C_s}(X^*(s))−W(s)∈NCs​​(X∗(s)) for all sss is W=0W=0W=0", some W∗∈MW^*\in\mathcal MW∗∈M satisfies the conditions above; in the convex case these conditions imply global optimality.

Significance

Theorem 6.1 is the paper's only guarantee outside convexity. It says that progressive hedging, run with local solvers on nonconvex scenario subproblems, cannot converge to a point that fails the first-order conditions, and that the limiting price system W∗W^*W∗ is a Lagrange multiplier for the nonanticipativity constraint X∈NX\in\mathcal NX∈N. It needs no constraint qualification, unlike the general necessary condition of Theorem 4.1: the multiplier is produced by the algorithm. This is the basis for using progressive hedging as a heuristic for nonconvex and mixed-integer stochastic programs.

The result is proved in the paper; to our knowledge it has not been machine-checked. A complete formalization would give checked statements of the scenario model (JJJ, KKK, N\mathcal NN, M\mathcal MM with the weighted inner product), of the algorithm with inexact local subproblem solutions, and of Clarke's optimality conditions for problems with separable structure. The convex convergence theory of the same paper is the subject of the companion mission Scenarios and Policy Aggregation in Optimization Under Uncertainty 1.

Difficulty

The local optimality of Xν+1(s)X^{\nu+1}(s)Xν+1(s) is relative to a ball centred at the iterate, which moves. Passing to the limit requires a radius that is uniform in ν\nuν and in the norm of E\mathcal EE; this is what δ′\delta'δ′ provides, and it only covers points strictly inside the limiting ball: a point of C\mathcal CC at distance exactly δ′\delta'δ′ from X∗X^*X∗ may lie outside every ball around the iterates. The step from local optimality to the multiplier condition uses Clarke's necessary condition for minimization over a closed set and the sum rule for a Lipschitz function plus a smooth one; neither is in Mathlib. Theorem 4.1 needs, in addition, a calculus rule for normal cones of an intersection under a qualification condition, and the transfer of Clarke's objects between E\mathcal EE with the weighted inner product and the individual scenario spaces.

Formalization scope

Rn\mathbb R^nRn is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n). A policy is a function S → EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n). The weighted inner product and norm of E\mathcal EE are explicit definitions (ip, pnorm); Lean's built-in norm on policies (the sup norm) is used only for topological notions: convergence of the iterates and "locally optimal" without a radius, which do not depend on the norm. The radii δ′\delta'δ′ are in the weighted norm, the radius δ\deltaδ in the Euclidean norm of Rn\mathbb R^nRn. Time blocks are a monotone map from coordinates to periods; bundles are the classes of a setoid on SSS for each period. The standing assumptions are fields of the model structure, so every theorem carries them. Indices are 0-based and sequences are indexed by ν=0,1,2,…\nu=0,1,2,\dotsν=0,1,2,…; the run starts from X0∈CX^0\in\mathcal CX0∈C and W0∈MW^0\in\mathcal MW0∈M. Theorem 4.1 is stated in its decomposed form (4.4), scenario by scenario.

Clarke's generalized gradient and normal cone are the published platform definitions ClarkeGradients.Shared.generalizedGradient (convex hull of limits of gradients) and ClarkeGradients.FlowInvariance.normalCone (closure of the cone generated by the generalized gradient of the distance function); for locally Lipschitz functions and closed nonempty sets these are the objects the paper uses.

Formalizations that trivialize the statement are excluded: Theorem 6.1 carries no convexity hypothesis and no constraint qualification, the δ′\delta'δ′-balls are not measured in the sup norm, and the run predicate is satisfiable (the model files come with a sanity check exhibiting a run).

Useful infrastructure, reusable beyond this mission: Clarke's necessary condition for local minimization of a Lipschitz function over a closed set, the sum rule with a C1C^1C1 function, products of normal cones, and basic facts about JJJ (an orthogonal projection onto N\mathcal NN for the weighted inner product). Contributions of any of these are welcome.

Selected references

  • R. T. Rockafellar and R. J.-B. Wets, Scenarios and policy aggregation in optimization under uncertainty, IIASA Working Paper WP-87-119, 1987. https://pure.iiasa.ac.at/id/eprint/2933/
  • R. T. Rockafellar and R. J.-B. Wets, Scenarios and policy aggregation in optimization under uncertainty, Mathematics of Operations Research 16(1), 119–147, 1991. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.16.1.119
  • F. H. Clarke, Generalized gradients and applications, Transactions of the AMS 205, 247–262, 1975. https://doi.org/10.1090/S0002-9947-1975-0367131-6
  • F. H. Clarke, Optimization and Nonsmooth Analysis, Wiley, 1983. https://doi.org/10.1137/1.9781611971309
11 thms1 active userReviewed
Numerical Analysis·Captain: mikedeng1

Convergence Analysis of Some Algorithms for Solving Nonsmooth Equations II: A Semismooth, Strongly BD-Regular Zero That Is a Limit Point of the Damped Newton Method Attracts It with Unit StepsResearch Paper

Motivation

Many problems of optimization and equilibrium reduce to a system of nonsmooth equations F(x)=0F(x)=0F(x)=0 with F:Rn→RnF:\mathbb R^n\to\mathbb R^nF:Rn→Rn locally Lipschitz but not differentiable: nonlinear complementarity problems written as min⁡{h(x),f(x)}=0\min\{h(x),f(x)\}=0min{h(x),f(x)}=0, variational inequalities through the normal map, and Karush–Kuhn–Tucker systems of constrained programs. Newton's method in its classical form needs the Jacobian of FFF, which does not exist at the points of interest. Two kinds of generalized Newton methods replace it: one uses an element of a generalized Jacobian, the other uses the directional derivative F′(x;d)F'(x;d)F′(x;d) and solves F(x)+F′(x;d)=0F(x)+F'(x;d)=0F(x)+F′(x;d)=0 for the step.

J.-S. Pang (Newton's method for B-differentiable equations, Math. Oper. Res. 15 (1990), doi:10.1287/moor.15.2.311) globalized the second kind with an Armijo line search on the merit function g=12∥F∥2g=\tfrac12\|F\|^2g=21​∥F∥2, the damped Newton method, and proved that its accumulation points are zeros of FFF under suitable conditions. Three questions were left open: does the whole sequence converge to one point, how fast, and when does the line search accept the full step? L. Qi (Convergence analysis of some algorithms for solving nonsmooth equations, Math. Oper. Res. 18 (1993) 227–244, doi:10.1287/moor.18.1.227) answered all three in his Theorem 4.3, under semismoothness and a regularity condition on the B-subdifferential. This mission formalizes that theorem and the results it rests on.

Timeline:

  • 1977: Mifflin introduces semismooth functionals (doi:10.1137/0315061).
  • 1987: Robinson introduces B-derivatives.
  • 1990: Pang proposes the damped Newton method for B-differentiable equations and proves its global convergence (Theorem 4.2 in Qi's paper).
  • 1993: Qi and Sun prove local superlinear convergence of the generalized-Jacobian Newton method at semismooth zeros (doi:10.1007/BF01581275); Qi's paper weakens the regularity condition to the B-subdifferential and proves Theorem 4.3.

Setting

Write Rn\mathbb R^nRn with the Euclidean norm, and let F:Rn→RnF:\mathbb R^n\to\mathbb R^nF:Rn→Rn be locally Lipschitz. The norm function is g(x)=12F(x)TF(x)=12∥F(x)∥2g(x)=\tfrac12F(x)^{\mathsf T}F(x)=\tfrac12\|F(x)\|^2g(x)=21​F(x)TF(x)=21​∥F(x)∥2.

The directional derivative of FFF at xxx in direction hhh is the one-sided limit F′(x;h)=lim⁡t↓0(F(x+th)−F(x))/tF'(x;h)=\lim_{t\downarrow0}(F(x+th)-F(x))/tF′(x;h)=limt↓0​(F(x+th)−F(x))/t. FFF is B-differentiable at xxx if F′(x;h)F'(x;h)F′(x;h) exists for every hhh and F(x+h)=F(x)+F′(x;h)+o(∥h∥)F(x+h)=F(x)+F'(x;h)+o(\|h\|)F(x+h)=F(x)+F′(x;h)+o(∥h∥) (2.1).

Let DFD_FDF​ be the set where FFF is differentiable. The B-subdifferential ∂BF(x)\partial_BF(x)∂B​F(x) is the set of all limits lim⁡∇F(xi)\lim\nabla F(x_i)lim∇F(xi​) with xi→xx_i\to xxi​→x, xi∈DFx_i\in D_Fxi​∈DF​ (2.12). Its convex hull is Clarke's generalized Jacobian ∂F(x)\partial F(x)∂F(x). FFF is strongly BD-regular at xxx if every V∈∂BF(x)V\in\partial_BF(x)V∈∂B​F(x) is nonsingular. FFF is semismooth at xxx if lim⁡Vh′\lim Vh'limVh′ over V∈∂F(x+th′)V\in\partial F(x+th')V∈∂F(x+th′), h′→hh'\to hh′→h, t↓0t\downarrow0t↓0 exists for every hhh (2.6). The directional derivative is semicontinuous of degree 2 at xxx if ∥F′(x+h;h)−F′(x;h)∥≤L∥h∥2\|F'(x+h;h)-F'(x;h)\|\le L\|h\|^2∥F′(x+h;h)−F′(x;h)∥≤L∥h∥2 for all x+hx+hx+h in a neighbourhood of xxx (2.5).

The damped Newton method (Algorithm 4.1) fixes s>0s>0s>0, β∈(0,1)\beta\in(0,1)β∈(0,1), σ∈(0,1/2)\sigma\in(0,1/2)σ∈(0,1/2). Given xkx^kxk with F(xk)≠0F(x^k)\neq0F(xk)=0, it takes a solution dkd^kdk of the generalized Newton equation

F(xk)+F′(xk;dk)=0,(3.12)F(x^k)+F'(x^k;d^k)=0, \tag{3.12}F(xk)+F′(xk;dk)=0,(3.12)

lets mkm_kmk​ be the first nonnegative integer mmm with

g(xk)−g(xk+βmsdk) ≥ −σβms g′(xk;dk),(4.1)g(x^k)-g(x^k+\beta^msd^k)\ \ge\ -\sigma\beta^ms\,g'(x^k;d^k), \tag{4.1}g(xk)−g(xk+βmsdk) ≥ −σβmsg′(xk;dk),(4.1)

and sets αk=βmks\alpha_k=\beta^{m_k}sαk​=βmk​s, xk+1=xk+αkdkx^{k+1}=x^k+\alpha_kd^kxk+1=xk+αk​dk.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4.3

Take s=1s=1s=1. Let FFF be B-differentiable, let {xk}\{x^k\}{xk} be a run of Algorithm 4.1 with F(xk)≠0F(x^k)\neq0F(xk)=0 for all kkk, and let x∗x^*x∗ be an accumulation point of {xk}\{x^k\}{xk} with F(x∗)=0F(x^*)=0F(x∗)=0, at which FFF is semismooth and strongly BD-regular. Then

xk→x∗,∥xk+1−x∗∥=o(∥xk−x∗∥),αk=1 for all large k.x^k\to x^*,\qquad \|x^{k+1}-x^*\|=o(\|x^k-x^*\|),\qquad \alpha_k=1\ \text{for all large }k.xk→x∗,∥xk+1−x∗∥=o(∥xk−x∗∥),αk​=1 for all large k.

The goal fixes no rate constant; it asserts convergence of the whole sequence, superlinearity and the eventual unit step.

Milestones

  1. Corollary 3.4 (p. 236): for every ε>0\varepsilon>0ε>0 there is δ>0\delta>0δ>0 such that ∥x−x∗∥≤δ\|x-x^*\|\le\delta∥x−x∗∥≤δ and F(x)+F′(x;d)=0F(x)+F'(x;d)=0F(x)+F′(x;d)=0 imply ∥x+d−x∗∥≤ε∥x−x∗∥\|x+d-x^*\|\le\varepsilon\|x-x^*\|∥x+d−x∗∥≤ε∥x−x∗∥ and ∥F(x+d)∥≤ε∥F(x)∥\|F(x+d)\|\le\varepsilon\|F(x)\|∥F(x+d)∥≤ε∥F(x)∥.
  2. Lemma 1 of Pang (proof of Theorem 4.3, p. 237): along a solution ddd of (3.12), g′(x;d)=−2g(x)g'(x;d)=-2g(x)g′(x;d)=−2g(x).
  3. Unit step near x∗x^*x∗, (4.2)–(4.5) (p. 237): there is δˉ>0\bar\delta>0δˉ>0 such that ∥xk−x∗∥≤δˉ\|x^k-x^*\|\le\bar\delta∥xk−x∗∥≤δˉ implies αk=1\alpha_k=1αk​=1, xk+1=xk+dkx^{k+1}=x^k+d^kxk+1=xk+dk and ∥xk+1−x∗∥≤12∥xk−x∗∥\|x^{k+1}-x^*\|\le\tfrac12\|x^k-x^*\|∥xk+1−x∗∥≤21​∥xk−x∗∥.

Stronger statements

  • Quadratic rate (Theorem 4.3, last sentence): if moreover F′(⋅,⋅)F'(\cdot,\cdot)F′(⋅,⋅) is semicontinuous of degree 2 at x∗x^*x∗, then ∥xk+1−x∗∥≤C∥xk−x∗∥2\|x^{k+1}-x^*\|\le C\|x^k-x^*\|^2∥xk+1−x∗∥≤C∥xk−x∗∥2 for all large kkk.
  • Corollary 4.4 (p. 238): for an accumulation point x∗x^*x∗ at which FFF is semismooth and strongly BD-regular, F(x∗)=0F(x^*)=0F(x∗)=0 iff xk→x∗x^k\to x^*xk→x∗ with eventually unit steps; and F(x∗)≠0F(x^*)\neq0F(x∗)=0 iff {xk}\{x^k\}{xk} diverges or αk→0\alpha_k\to0αk​→0.

Significance

Theorem 4.3 is an attraction result: a regular zero that the damped iteration merely visits infinitely often captures the whole sequence, and from then on the method is the pure (undamped) directional Newton method with its fast local rate. Together with Pang's global theorem it gives a globally convergent method whose tail is superlinear, the standard template later followed by semismooth Newton methods for complementarity and variational inequality problems. Corollary 4.4 turns the theorem into a diagnostic: the behaviour of the step sizes decides whether a limit point solves the equation.

The theorems are proved in the paper. As far as a search of the platform shows, none of them, and no damped Newton method for B-differentiable equations, has a machine-checked proof. Formalizing them requires a reusable layer of nonsmooth analysis (directional derivatives of locally Lipschitz maps, the B-subdifferential and its local uniform invertibility) that other missions on semismooth Newton methods can import.

Difficulty

The local step of the obvious argument, "near x∗x^*x∗ the Newton step is accurate, so the Armijo test passes with m=0m=0m=0", needs two facts that are not automatic. First, the generalized Newton equation involves the nonlinear map d↦F′(x;d)d\mapsto F'(x;d)d↦F′(x;d), not a matrix; the error estimate of Corollary 3.4 goes through a representation F′(x;d)=VdF'(x;d)=VdF′(x;d)=Vd with V∈∂BF(x)V\in\partial_BF(x)V∈∂B​F(x), together with a uniform bound on ∥V−1∥\|V^{-1}\|∥V−1∥ for xxx near x∗x^*x∗. Second, the Armijo test involves g′(xk;dk)g'(x^k;d^k)g′(xk;dk), whose value along a Newton direction has to be identified as −2g(xk)-2g(x^k)−2g(xk). A further subtlety is global: an accumulation point only guarantees that the iterates come close to x∗x^*x∗ infinitely often, and the argument must show that once they are close enough they never leave, which needs the invariant ball of (4.5) and the fact that the step is exactly dkd^kdk there.

Formalization scope

Rn\mathbb R^nRn is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n) (all norms are 2-norms, as in the paper), n=0n=0n=0 allowed. Every statement assumes FFF locally Lipschitz (the paper's standing assumption of §1). The B-subdifferential, semismoothness and the directional derivative are the published definitions NonsmoothNewton.Shared.bJac, NonsmoothNewton.Local.SemismoothAt and NonsmoothNewton.Local.dirDeriv. Since dirDeriv takes a default value where the limit does not exist, (3.12) is encoded as the existence of the one-sided limit with value −F(xk)-F(x^k)−F(xk). Nonsingularity is an explicit two-sided inverse. A run of Algorithm 4.1 records dkd^kdk, αk\alpha_kαk​ and the minimality of mkm_kmk​; without the minimality any mmm would do and "αk\alpha_kαk​ eventually becomes 1" would not be the paper's claim. An accumulation point is a cluster point of the sequence; superlinear convergence is xk+1−x∗=o(xk−x∗)x^{k+1}-x^*=o(x^k-x^*)xk+1−x∗=o(xk−x∗).

Added hypotheses, disclosed in each item:

  • Semismoothness on a neighbourhood of x∗x^*x∗ (Corollary 3.4 and everything built on it). The paper's proof uses F′(x;d)=VdF'(x;d)=VdF′(x;d)=Vd with V∈∂BF(x)V\in\partial_BF(x)V∈∂B​F(x) at points xxx near x∗x^*x∗ (its (2.16)), which its Lemma 2.6 proves only at semismooth points, while the printed hypothesis gives semismoothness at x∗x^*x∗ alone.
  • ε>0\varepsilon>0ε>0 in Corollary 3.4, which prints ε≥0\varepsilon\ge0ε≥0; the case ε=0\varepsilon=0ε=0 is false in general.
  • B-differentiability of FFF everywhere, the setting of Pang's Theorem 4.2 that Theorem 4.3 refers to.

The theorems are not vacuous: runs of Algorithm 4.1 exist (for F=idF=\mathrm{id}F=id the Armijo test passes at m=0m=0m=0), and a statement in which the line search index is not the first passing one, or in which g′(xk;dk)g'(x^k;d^k)g′(xk;dk) is a default value, would not be the paper's theorem.

Contributions welcome: proofs of the milestones, in particular the representation F′(x;d)=VdF'(x;d)=VdF′(x;d)=Vd and the local uniform invertibility of ∂BF\partial_BF∂B​F (Lemma 2.6), which are reusable well beyond this mission.

Selected references

  • L. Qi, Convergence analysis of some algorithms for solving nonsmooth equations, Mathematics of Operations Research 18(1), 227–244, 1993. doi:10.1287/moor.18.1.227
  • J.-S. Pang, Newton's method for B-differentiable equations, Mathematics of Operations Research 15(2), 311–341, 1990. doi:10.1287/moor.15.2.311
  • L. Qi and J. Sun, A nonsmooth version of Newton's method, Mathematical Programming 58, 353–367, 1993. doi:10.1007/BF01581275
  • R. Mifflin, Semismooth and semiconvex functions in constrained optimization, SIAM J. Control Optim. 15(6), 959–972, 1977. doi:10.1137/0315061
  • S. M. Robinson, Local structure of feasible sets in nonlinear programming, Part III: Stability and sensitivity, Mathematical Programming Study 30, 45–66, 1987. (cited as [13] in Qi 1993)
8 thms1 active userReviewed
Operations ResearchProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Monte Carlo Bounding Techniques for Determining Solution Quality in Stochastic Programs: The Expected Sample-Average Optimal Value Is a Lower Bound on z* That Improves with Sample SizeResearch Paper

Motivation

Most stochastic programs that arise in practice, such as two-stage stochastic linear programs with recourse, have far too many scenarios to be solved exactly. The standard remedy is sample-average approximation: draw nnn independent observations of the random data, replace the expectation by the sample mean, and solve the resulting deterministic problem. A candidate solution x^\hat xx^ found this way, or by any heuristic, comes with no guarantee. To judge it one needs a bound on its optimality gap Ef(x^,ξ~)−z∗Ef(\hat x,\tilde\xi)-z^*Ef(x^,ξ~​)−z∗, and estimating Ef(x^,ξ~)Ef(\hat x,\tilde\xi)Ef(x^,ξ~​) is routine; what is missing is a lower bound on the unknown optimal value z∗z^*z∗.

Mak, Morton and Wood (Oper. Res. Lett. 24 (1999)) show that the optimal value of the sample-average problem supplies exactly this: its expectation never exceeds z∗z^*z∗, and it can only move closer to z∗z^*z∗ as the sample size grows. The result requires almost no structure of the problem, and it underlies the batch-means confidence intervals on the optimality gap used throughout the stochastic programming literature, including the single- and two-replication procedures of Bayraksan and Morton (2006).

Timeline.

  • 1960: Madansky's wait-and-see bound z∗≥Emin⁡x∈Xf(x,ξ~)z^*\ge E\min_{x\in X}f(x,\tilde\xi)z∗≥Eminx∈X​f(x,ξ~​) (Management Sci. 6), the case n=1n=1n=1 of the result.
  • 1998: Norkin, Pflug and Ruszczyński use stochastic lower bounds of this kind inside a branch-and-bound method (Math. Programming 83); the paper notes that they verified the monotonicity independently.
  • 1999: Mak, Morton and Wood prove Ezn∗≤z∗Ez_n^*\le z^*Ezn∗​≤z∗ (Theorem 1) for arbitrary XXX and Ezn∗≤Ezn+1∗Ez_n^*\le Ez_{n+1}^*Ezn∗​≤Ezn+1∗​ (Theorem 2), and build confidence intervals on the optimality gap from them.

Setting

Let ξ~\tilde\xiξ~​ be a random vector with distribution μ\muμ on a measurable space Ξ\XiΞ, let X⊆RdX\subseteq\mathbb R^dX⊆Rd be a deterministic feasible set, and let f:Rd×Ξ→Rf:\mathbb R^d\times\Xi\to\mathbb Rf:Rd×Ξ→R. The stochastic program is

SPz∗=min⁡x∈XEf(x,ξ~),x∗∈arg⁡min⁡x∈XEf(x,ξ~).\mathrm{SP}\qquad z^*=\min_{x\in X}Ef(x,\tilde\xi),\qquad x^*\in\arg\min_{x\in X}Ef(x,\tilde\xi).SPz∗=x∈Xmin​Ef(x,ξ~​),x∗∈argx∈Xmin​Ef(x,ξ~​).

Let ξ~1,ξ~2,…\tilde\xi^1,\tilde\xi^2,\dotsξ~​1,ξ~​2,… be independent and identically distributed (i.i.d.) from the distribution of ξ~\tilde\xiξ~​, defined on a probability space (Ω,P)(\Omega,P)(Ω,P). The sample-average problem of size n≥1n\ge1n≥1 is

SPnzn∗=min⁡x∈X1n∑i=1nf(x,ξ~i),xn∗∈arg⁡min⁡x∈X1n∑i=1nf(x,ξ~i).\mathrm{SP}_n\qquad z_n^*=\min_{x\in X}\frac1n\sum_{i=1}^n f(x,\tilde\xi^i),\qquad x_n^*\in\arg\min_{x\in X}\frac1n\sum_{i=1}^n f(x,\tilde\xi^i).SPn​zn∗​=x∈Xmin​n1​i=1∑n​f(x,ξ~​i),xn∗​∈argx∈Xmin​n1​i=1∑n​f(x,ξ~​i).

Its optimal value zn∗z_n^*zn∗​ is a random variable. All the zm∗z_m^*zm∗​ are built on the same sequence: zn∗z_n^*zn∗​ uses its first nnn terms and zn+1∗z_{n+1}^*zn+1∗​ its first n+1n+1n+1. Throughout, Ef(x,ξ~)Ef(x,\tilde\xi)Ef(x,ξ~​) is assumed to exist for every x∈Xx\in Xx∈X.

For the proof structure the mission also uses the leave-one-out values

zn,(i)∗=min⁡x∈X1n∑j=1j≠in+1f(x,ξ~j),i=1,…,n+1,z_{n,(i)}^*=\min_{x\in X}\frac1n\sum_{\substack{j=1\\j\ne i}}^{n+1}f(x,\tilde\xi^j),\qquad i=1,\dots,n+1,zn,(i)∗​=x∈Xmin​n1​j=1j=i​∑n+1​f(x,ξ~​j),i=1,…,n+1,

the sample-average optimal values of the n+1n+1n+1 subsamples of size nnn of the first n+1n+1n+1 observations.

Formalization targets

Goal: the lower bound improves with the sample size

Ezn∗ ≤ Ezn+1∗ ≤ z∗(n≥1),Ez_n^*\ \le\ Ez_{n+1}^*\ \le\ z^*\qquad(n\ge1),Ezn∗​ ≤ Ezn+1∗​ ≤ z∗(n≥1),

stated in the Introduction (p. 48) as the paper's main claim, with no assumption on XXX or on f(⋅,ξ~)f(\cdot,\tilde\xi)f(⋅,ξ~​) beyond the existence of the relevant expectations and of optimal solutions.

Milestones

  1. Theorem 1 (p. 49): Ezn∗≤z∗Ez_n^*\le z^*Ezn∗​≤z∗.
  2. Proof of Theorem 2 (p. 50), pathwise: 1n+1∑i=1n+1zn,(i)∗≤zn+1∗\frac1{n+1}\sum_{i=1}^{n+1}z_{n,(i)}^*\le z_{n+1}^*n+11​∑i=1n+1​zn,(i)∗​≤zn+1∗​.
  3. Proof of Theorem 2 (p. 50): Ezn,(i)∗=Ezn∗E z_{n,(i)}^*=Ez_n^*Ezn,(i)∗​=Ezn∗​ for every iii.
  4. Theorem 2 (p. 50): Ezn+1∗≥Ezn∗Ez_{n+1}^*\ge Ez_n^*Ezn+1∗​≥Ezn∗​.

Companion statements

  • The remark after Theorem 1 (p. 49): Emin⁡x∈XF(x,⋅)≤z∗E\min_{x\in X}\mathcal F(x,\cdot)\le z^*Eminx∈X​F(x,⋅)≤z∗ for any unbiased estimator F(x,⋅)\mathcal F(x,\cdot)F(x,⋅) of Ef(x,ξ~)Ef(x,\tilde\xi)Ef(x,ξ~​).
  • The wait-and-see bound (p. 50), z∗≥Emin⁡x∈Xf(x,ξ~)z^*\ge E\min_{x\in X}f(x,\tilde\xi)z∗≥Eminx∈X​f(x,ξ~​).
  • Display (9) (p. 52): for x^∈X\hat x\in Xx^∈X and Gn=1n∑if(x^,ξ~i)−zn∗G_n=\frac1n\sum_i f(\hat x,\tilde\xi^i)-z_n^*Gn​=n1​∑i​f(x^,ξ~​i)−zn∗​, Gn≥0G_n\ge0Gn​≥0 and EGn≥Ef(x^,ξ~)−z∗EG_n\ge Ef(\hat x,\tilde\xi)-z^*EGn​≥Ef(x^,ξ~​)−z∗.

Significance

Theorem 1 turns any sampling-based solver into a source of statistical lower bounds on z∗z^*z∗: averaging independent replications of zn∗z_n^*zn∗​ gives a confidence interval for a lower bound, and display (9) combines it with an upper-bound estimator into an estimator of the optimality gap that is nonnegative by construction. Theorem 2 justifies increasing the sample size: the bias z∗−Ezn∗z^*-Ez_n^*z∗−Ezn∗​ is nonincreasing in nnn. Both results are used, often without proof, in the analysis of sample-average approximation and of the gap-estimation procedures built on it.

The results are proved, in this paper and in textbooks (e.g. Shapiro, Dentcheva and Ruszczyński, Lectures on Stochastic Programming). To our knowledge none of them is machine-checked. On Prove2Me, a special case of Theorem 1 under continuity, compactness and a square-integrable envelope is posed but unproved (SolutionQuality.SRP.display1_negative_bias), and the wait-and-see inequality is proved for finitely many scenarios in an extended-real model (StochasticProg.ValueOfInfo.prop1_ws_le_rp_le_eev). This mission states the general versions, for arbitrary feasible sets and integrable costs, on a measure-theoretic i.i.d. model.

Difficulty

Theorem 1 is short on paper; in a formal setting its difficulty is bookkeeping: minima over arbitrary sets and expectations of possibly non-integrable functions both need explicit hypotheses to mean what the paper means. Theorem 2 is harder. The natural first attempt compares zn∗z_n^*zn∗​ and zn+1∗z_{n+1}^*zn+1∗​ on the same sample path, but no pathwise inequality holds in either direction: one extra observation can raise or lower the sample-average optimum. The monotonicity holds only in expectation, so any argument must use the joint law of the infinite i.i.d. sequence, including the law of its subsequences, and measurability of zn∗z_n^*zn∗​ as a function of the sample path.

Formalization scope

The model is the published definition file SolutionQuality.SRP.Setting: decisions lie in EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin d), μ\muμ is a probability measure on Ξ\XiΞ, the sample is an i.i.d. sequence ξ : ℕ → Ω → Ξ (the paper's ξ~i\tilde\xi^iξ~​i is ξ (i-1)), and z∗z^*z∗, zn∗z_n^*zn∗​, GnG_nGn​ and the optimality gap are its optValue, saaValue, gapEstimate and optGap. The mission adds skipIndex, the leave-one-out value looValue and the path law pathLaw.

Committed conventions:

  • XXX is an arbitrary set: no convexity, closedness or compactness, and f(⋅,ξ)f(\cdot,\xi)f(⋅,ξ) has no continuity (p. 49: "X need not be convex …").
  • Minima are conditionally complete infima (sInf), and expectations are Bochner integrals. Both take the value 000 on bad inputs, so every statement carries the hypotheses that keep them genuine:
    • integrability of f(x,⋅)f(x,\cdot)f(x,⋅) for x∈Xx\in Xx∈X (the first-moment half of the paper's standing assumption; the second moments are not used and are omitted);
    • attainment of z∗z^*z∗ (the paper's x∗∈arg⁡min⁡x^*\in\arg\minx∗∈argmin);
    • almost-sure attainment of every SPm\mathrm{SP}_mSPm​ (the paper's xm∗∈arg⁡min⁡x_m^*\in\arg\minxm∗​∈argmin), stated for the law of the sample path, or almost-sure boundedness below where that suffices;
    • integrability of zn∗z_n^*zn∗​ and zn+1∗z_{n+1}^*zn+1∗​ ("Ezn∗Ez_n^*Ezn∗​ exists");
    • measurability of zn∗z_n^*zn∗​ as a function of the sample path ("zn∗z_n^*zn∗​ is a random variable"), for Theorem 2 only. It holds, e.g., for countable XXX or for f(⋅,ξ)f(\cdot,\xi)f(⋅,ξ) continuous on XXX; it fails for arbitrary XXX and fff, which is why it is assumed.
  • n≥1n\ge1n≥1 throughout, since the empty sample mean is 000.

These hypotheses are disclosed in each statement and are satisfiable: a sanity instance with XXX a singleton satisfies all of them. A formalization that dropped the integrability of zn∗z_n^*zn∗​, or that allowed z0∗z_0^*z0∗​, would make the goal false or vacuous, and one that assumed continuity and compactness would restate the special case already on the platform; neither is in scope.

A complete development needs: the expectation of a sample mean under an i.i.d. law; the identification of the law of fun j => ξ (skipIndex i j) · with Measure.infinitePi (fun _ => μ) (Mathlib's iIndepFun_iff_map_fun_eq_infinitePi_map); and the averaging identity behind the leave-one-out decomposition. The reindexing lemma for i.i.d. sequences is reusable well beyond this mission. Proofs of the milestones, and alternative arguments for Theorem 2, are welcome.

Selected references

  • W.-K. Mak, D. P. Morton, R. K. Wood, Monte Carlo bounding techniques for determining solution quality in stochastic programs, Operations Research Letters 24 (1999) 47–56. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0167-6377(98)00054-6
  • A. Madansky, Inequalities for stochastic linear programming problems, Management Science 6 (1960) 197–204. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.6.2.197
  • V. I. Norkin, G. Ch. Pflug, A. Ruszczyński, A branch and bound method for stochastic global optimization, Mathematical Programming 83 (1998) 425–450. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF02680569
  • G. Bayraksan, D. P. Morton, Assessing solution quality in stochastic programs, Mathematical Programming 108 (2006) 495–514. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-006-0720-x
  • A. Shapiro, D. Dentcheva, A. Ruszczyński, Lectures on Stochastic Programming: Modeling and Theory, SIAM, 2009. https://doi.org/10.1137/1.9780898718751
7 thms1 active userReviewed
Numerical AnalysisOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Global Convergence Properties of Conjugate Gradient Methods for Optimization II: Conjugate Gradient Methods with β_k ≥ 0 and Property (*) Are Globally Convergent under Sufficient DescentResearch Paper

Motivation

Nonlinear conjugate gradient methods minimize a smooth function fff of nnn variables using only function values, gradients and a few vectors of storage. They are the standard choice when nnn is too large for quasi-Newton matrices, and they remain building blocks of large-scale solvers in optimization, scientific computing and machine learning. The method of Polak and Ribière (1969) is usually the most efficient member of the family in practice, but Powell (1984, doi:10.1007/BFb0099521) showed that, even with exact line searches, it can cycle forever without approaching a stationary point. The Fletcher–Reeves method, by contrast, has a global convergence theory (Zoutendijk 1970; Al-Baali 1985, doi:10.1093/imanum/5.1.121) but is often slow.

Powell (1985, report DAMTP 1985/NA1; published in SIAM Review 1986) suggested truncating the Polak–Ribière scalar at zero. Gilbert and Nocedal, in the INRIA research report that became SIAM J. Optim. 2 (1992) 21–42, proved that this truncation, and a whole class of methods sharing a structural property with Polak–Ribière, converge globally with practical inexact line searches. This mission formalizes that result (§4 of the report).

Timeline. 1952: Hestenes and Stiefel, linear conjugate gradients. 1964: Fletcher and Reeves, nonlinear extension. 1969: Polak–Ribière and Polyak. 1970: Zoutendijk, convergence of Fletcher–Reeves with exact searches. 1984: Powell, a nonconvergent Polak–Ribière example. 1985: Al-Baali, Fletcher–Reeves with strong Wolfe searches. 1990/1992: Gilbert and Nocedal, the present results.

Setting

Let EEE be a finite-dimensional real inner product space and f:E→Rf : E \to \mathbb Rf:E→R continuously differentiable with gradient ggg. From x1x_1x1​, a conjugate gradient run produces directions and iterates

d1=−g1,dk=−gk+βkdk−1 (k≥2),xk+1=xk+αkdk,d_1 = -g_1,\qquad d_k = -g_k + \beta_k d_{k-1}\ (k\ge2),\qquad x_{k+1} = x_k + \alpha_k d_k,d1​=−g1​,dk​=−gk​+βk​dk−1​ (k≥2),xk+1​=xk​+αk​dk​,

with gk=g(xk)g_k = g(x_k)gk​=g(xk​), a scalar βk\beta_kβk​, and a steplength αk>0\alpha_k > 0αk​>0 chosen by a line search. Write sk−1=xk−xk−1s_{k-1} = x_k - x_{k-1}sk−1​=xk​−xk−1​.

Assumptions 2.1: the level set L={x:f(x)≤f(x1)}\mathcal L = \{x : f(x) \le f(x_1)\}L={x:f(x)≤f(x1​)} is bounded, and on an open neighbourhood N\mathcal NN of L\mathcal LL the gradient is Lipschitz: ∥g(x)−g(x~)∥≤L∥x−x~∥\|g(x) - g(\tilde x)\| \le L\|x-\tilde x\|∥g(x)−g(x~)∥≤L∥x−x~∥.

The line search is described only through three properties:

  1. the iterates stay in L\mathcal LL (4.4);
  2. the Zoutendijk condition ∑kcos⁡2θk∥gk∥2<∞\sum_k \cos^2\theta_k\|g_k\|^2 < \infty∑k​cos2θk​∥gk​∥2<∞ (2.7), where cos⁡θk=−⟨gk,dk⟩/(∥gk∥∥dk∥)\cos\theta_k = -\langle g_k,d_k\rangle/(\|g_k\|\|d_k\|)cosθk​=−⟨gk​,dk​⟩/(∥gk​∥∥dk​∥);
  3. the sufficient descent condition ⟨gk,dk⟩≤−σ3∥gk∥2\langle g_k,d_k\rangle \le -\sigma_3\|g_k\|^2⟨gk​,dk​⟩≤−σ3​∥gk​∥2, 0<σ3≤10<\sigma_3\le10<σ3​≤1 (4.1).

Property (*): whenever 0<γ≤∥gk∥≤γˉ0 < \gamma \le \|g_k\| \le \bar\gamma0<γ≤∥gk​∥≤γˉ​ for all kkk, there are b>1b > 1b>1 and λ>0\lambda > 0λ>0 with

∣βk∣≤band∥sk−1∥≤λ  ⟹  ∣βk∣≤12b(k≥2).|\beta_k| \le b \qquad\text{and}\qquad \|s_{k-1}\|\le\lambda \implies |\beta_k| \le \tfrac{1}{2b}\qquad(k\ge2).∣βk​∣≤band∥sk−1​∥≤λ⟹∣βk​∣≤2b1​(k≥2).

Finally uk=dk/∥dk∥u_k = d_k/\|d_k\|uk​=dk​/∥dk​∥ and Kk,Δλ={i:k≤i≤k+Δ−1, i≥2, ∥si−1∥>λ}\mathcal K^\lambda_{k,\Delta} = \{i : k \le i \le k+\Delta-1,\ i\ge2,\ \|s_{i-1}\|>\lambda\}Kk,Δλ​={i:k≤i≤k+Δ−1, i≥2, ∥si−1​∥>λ}.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4.3

If Assumptions 2.1 hold, gk≠0g_k \ne 0gk​=0 for all kkk, βk≥0\beta_k \ge 0βk​≥0, the line search has properties 1–3, and Property (*) holds, then

lim inf⁡k→∞∥gk∥=0.\liminf_{k\to\infty}\|g_k\| = 0.k→∞liminf​∥gk​∥=0.

Milestones

  • Lemma 4.1. With βk≥0\beta_k\ge0βk​≥0, the Zoutendijk and sufficient descent conditions, and ∥gk∥≥γ>0\|g_k\|\ge\gamma>0∥gk​∥≥γ>0 for all kkk (4.3): dk≠0d_k\ne0dk​=0 and ∑k≥2∥uk−uk−1∥2<∞\sum_{k\ge2}\|u_k-u_{k-1}\|^2<\infty∑k≥2​∥uk​−uk−1​∥2<∞.
  • Lemma 4.2. With properties 1–3, Property (*) and (4.3): there is λ>0\lambda>0λ>0 such that for every Δ≥1\Delta\ge1Δ≥1 and k0k_0k0​ some k≥k0k\ge k_0k≥k0​ has ∣Kk,Δλ∣>Δ/2|\mathcal K^\lambda_{k,\Delta}|>\Delta/2∣Kk,Δλ​∣>Δ/2.

Further statements

  • The Polak–Ribière method has Property (*) (p. 13), for βk=⟨gk,gk−gk−1⟩/∥gk−1∥2\beta_k = \langle g_k, g_k-g_{k-1}\rangle/\|g_{k-1}\|^2βk​=⟨gk​,gk​−gk−1​⟩/∥gk−1​∥2.
  • Corollary 4.4. βk=max⁡{βkPR,0}\beta_k=\max\{\beta_k^{PR},0\}βk​=max{βkPR​,0} with Wolfe steps and sufficient descent gives lim inf⁡∥gk∥=0\liminf\|g_k\|=0liminf∥gk​∥=0.

Significance

Theorem 4.3 separates what a convergence proof needs from the method (nonnegativity and Property (*) of βk\beta_kβk​) from what it needs from the line search (three abstract properties). It therefore applies at once to the truncated Polak–Ribière and Hestenes–Stiefel methods, to their absolute-value variants, and to any line search, exact or inexact, that delivers the three properties. Corollary 4.4 is the guarantee behind the "PR+" rule that is the default in many nonlinear conjugate gradient codes; Powell's example shows that dropping βk≥0\beta_k\ge0βk​≥0 breaks it.

The results are proved in the paper, not open. To our knowledge none of them, nor Zoutendijk's theorem in this form, has a machine-checked proof. The mission produces checked statements of the theorem, its two lemmas and its main application, and a reusable formal vocabulary for line-search methods (level sets, Wolfe steps, Zoutendijk and sufficient descent conditions).

Difficulty

The usual route to convergence of a descent method bounds cos⁡θk\cos\theta_kcosθk​ away from zero, or shows that ∥dk∥2\|d_k\|^2∥dk​∥2 grows at most linearly, and combines this with the Zoutendijk condition. For Polak–Ribière-type methods neither bound is available a priori: βk\beta_kβk​ can be as large as bbb on many consecutive iterations, so ∥dk∥\|d_k\|∥dk​∥ can grow geometrically along stretches of the run. The argument must instead control the proportion of large steps over blocks of iterations and relate it to the change of direction, and reconcile both with the boundedness of L\mathcal LL. The combinatorics of blocks (floor and ceiling of Δ\DeltaΔ, products of βk2\beta_k^2βk2​ grouped by blocks) and the interplay between Lemma 4.1 and Lemma 4.2 carry most of the formal work. Corollary 4.4 additionally needs Zoutendijk's theorem for Wolfe line searches, which is not assumed here.

Formalization scope

  • The space is any finite-dimensional real inner product space EEE; the gradient is gradient f for its inner product, matching "the scalar product used to compute the gradient" (p. 2).
  • Every statement assumes fff globally C1C^1C1 (the paper's "fff is smooth", (1.1)) in addition to Assumptions 2.1, whose Lipschitz condition is kept local to an open neighbourhood N\mathcal NN of L\mathcal LL.
  • Sequences are indexed from 111 as in the paper; index 000 is unused. Steplengths are positive. βk\beta_kβk​ is a free sequence constrained only by hypotheses.
  • The standing assumption of §4, gk≠0g_k\ne0gk​=0 for all kkk (p. 11), is a hypothesis of Theorem 4.3 and Corollary 4.4. Lemmas 4.1 and 4.2 assume (4.3), which implies it.
  • Lemma 4.1 assumes βk≥0\beta_k\ge0βk​≥0 but not (4.4) or Property (*); Lemma 4.2 assumes Property (*) and (4.4) but no sign of βk\beta_kβk​, exactly as on the page.
  • The Zoutendijk sum is written ∑k≥1⟨gk,dk⟩2/∥dk∥2\sum_{k\ge1}\langle g_k,d_k\rangle^2/\|d_k\|^2∑k≥1​⟨gk​,dk​⟩2/∥dk​∥2, equal to ∑cos⁡2θk∥gk∥2\sum\cos^2\theta_k\|g_k\|^2∑cos2θk​∥gk​∥2 wherever the latter is defined. lim inf⁡∥gk∥=0\liminf\|g_k\|=0liminf∥gk​∥=0 is stated as "for every ε>0\varepsilon>0ε>0 and KKK, some k≥Kk\ge Kk≥K has ∥gk∥<ε\|g_k\|<\varepsilon∥gk​∥<ε".
  • Property (*) quantifies over every pair (γ,γˉ)(\gamma,\bar\gamma)(γ,γˉ​) satisfying (4.10), and b,λb,\lambdab,λ may depend on them; it holds vacuously for runs that violate (4.10), as in the paper.
  • The statement that Polak–Ribière has Property (*) assumes the iterates stay in L\mathcal LL, so that the Lipschitz bound applies to them, which the paper's argument uses implicitly.
  • Lemmas 4.1 and 4.2 are steps of a proof by contradiction: their hypotheses are expected to be unsatisfiable on actual runs. A local check confirms that the hypotheses of Theorem 4.3 are jointly satisfiable (f(x)=x2/2f(x)=x^2/2f(x)=x2/2 on R\mathbb RR, βk=0\beta_k=0βk​=0, αk=0.9\alpha_k=0.9αk​=0.9), so the goal is not vacuous. A formalization in which Property (*) loses (4.12), or one that replaces the abstract line search properties by a specific line search, would prove a different theorem and is ruled out.

Needed infrastructure: summability arguments for the series (4.5) and ∑1/∥dk∥2\sum1/\|d_k\|^2∑1/∥dk​∥2, Cauchy–Schwarz in EEE, finite counting over index blocks, and, for Corollary 4.4, Zoutendijk's theorem (Theorem 2.1 of the report, a target of the companion mission). Contributions of general line-search lemmas are welcome and reusable well beyond this paper.

Selected references

  • J. C. Gilbert and J. Nocedal, Global convergence properties of conjugate gradient methods for optimization, INRIA Rapport de Recherche 1268, 1990, HAL inria-00075291; journal version SIAM J. Optim. 2(1) (1992) 21–42, doi:10.1137/0802003.
  • M. Al-Baali, Descent property and global convergence of the Fletcher–Reeves method with inexact line search, IMA J. Numer. Anal. 5 (1985) 121–124, doi:10.1093/imanum/5.1.121.
  • M. J. D. Powell, Nonconvex minimization calculations and the conjugate gradient method, Lecture Notes in Math. 1066, Springer, 1984, 122–141, doi:10.1007/BFb0099521.
  • M. J. D. Powell, Convergence properties of algorithms for nonlinear optimization, Report DAMTP 1985/NA1, University of Cambridge, 1985; SIAM Review 28 (1986) 487–500, doi:10.1137/1028154.
  • E. Polak and G. Ribière, Note sur la convergence de méthodes de directions conjuguées, Rev. Française Informat. Recherche Opérationnelle 3 (1969) 35–43, numdam.
  • R. Fletcher and C. M. Reeves, Function minimization by conjugate gradients, Computer J. 7 (1964) 149–154, doi:10.1093/comjnl/7.2.149.
5 thms1 active userReviewed
Numerical AnalysisOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Globally Convergent Inexact Newton Methods II: Trust Region Limit Points Are Stationary Points of ‖F‖, and Near a Zero Where F′ Is Invertible the Full Newton Step Is Eventually TakenResearch Paper

Motivation

Solving a system of nonlinear equations F(x)=0F(x)=0F(x)=0, with F:Rn→RnF:\mathbf R^n\to\mathbf R^nF:Rn→Rn continuously differentiable, is a basic task in numerical analysis and optimization: it is the inner step of interior-point and sequential quadratic programming methods, of implicit time-stepping for differential equations, and of equilibrium computations in operations research. Newton's method converges fast near a solution at which the derivative F′F'F′ is invertible, but from a poor starting point it may fail. Trust region methods are a standard globalization: each step minimizes the norm of the local linear model F(xk)+F′(xk)sF(x_k)+F'(x_k)sF(xk​)+F′(xk​)s over a ball ∥s∥≤δk\|s\|\le\delta_k∥s∥≤δk​, and the radius δk\delta_kδk​ is shrunk or enlarged according to how well the model predicted the actual decrease of ∥F∥\|F\|∥F∥ (Moré and Sorensen 1983; Dennis and Schnabel 1983, §6.4).

Eisenstat and Walker (1994) developed a general global convergence theory for inexact Newton methods, in which steps only reduce the linear model's norm by a factor ηk<1\eta_k<1ηk​<1 and must also give sufficient decrease of ∥F∥\|F\|∥F∥. Their §4, Application 1, shows that this theory also covers trust region methods. This mission formalizes that application.

Setting

Let EEE be a finite-dimensional real vector space with an arbitrary norm ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\|∥⋅∥ (the paper's Rn\mathbf R^nRn; the norm need not be Euclidean), and F:E→EF:E\to EF:E→E continuously differentiable with derivative F′(x)F'(x)F′(x). For a point xkx_kxk​ and a step sss, the actual reduction and predicted reduction are

ared⁡k(s)=∥F(xk)∥−∥F(xk+s)∥,pred⁡k(s)=∥F(xk)∥−∥F(xk)+F′(xk)s∥.\operatorname{ared}_k(s)=\|F(x_k)\|-\|F(x_k+s)\|,\qquad \operatorname{pred}_k(s)=\|F(x_k)\|-\|F(x_k)+F'(x_k)s\|.aredk​(s)=∥F(xk​)∥−∥F(xk​+s)∥,predk​(s)=∥F(xk​)∥−∥F(xk​)+F′(xk​)s∥.

A point xxx is a stationary point of ∥F∥\|F\|∥F∥ if ∥F(x)∥≤∥F(x)+F′(x)s∥\|F(x)\|\le\|F(x)+F'(x)s\|∥F(x)∥≤∥F(x)+F′(x)s∥ for every sss: no step decreases the norm of the linear model. A point x∗x_*x∗​ is a limit point of (xk)(x_k)(xk​) if every ball around x∗x_*x∗​ contains xkx_kxk​ for infinitely many kkk.

Algorithm TR is given x0x_0x0​, δˉ0>0\bar\delta_0>0δˉ0​>0, 0<t≤u<10<t\le u<10<t≤u<1 and 0<θmin⁡<θmax⁡<10<\theta_{\min}<\theta_{\max}<10<θmin​<θmax​<1. At iteration kkk it sets δk=δˉk\delta_k=\bar\delta_kδk​=δˉk​ and picks a step

sk∈arg⁡min⁡∥s∥≤δk∥F(xk)+F′(xk)s∥.(4.5)s_k\in\arg\min_{\|s\|\le\delta_k}\|F(x_k)+F'(x_k)s\|.\tag{4.5}sk​∈arg∥s∥≤δk​min​∥F(xk​)+F′(xk​)s∥.(4.5)

While ared⁡k(sk)<t⋅pred⁡k(sk)\operatorname{ared}_k(s_k)<t\cdot\operatorname{pred}_k(s_k)aredk​(sk​)<t⋅predk​(sk​), it replaces δk\delta_kδk​ by θδk\theta\delta_kθδk​ for some θ∈[θmin⁡,θmax⁡]\theta\in[\theta_{\min},\theta_{\max}]θ∈[θmin​,θmax​] and picks a new sks_ksk​ by (4.5). Then xk+1=xk+skx_{k+1}=x_k+s_kxk+1​=xk​+sk​, and the next initial radius satisfies δˉk+1≥δk\bar\delta_{k+1}\ge\delta_kδˉk+1​≥δk​ if ared⁡k(sk)≥u⋅pred⁡k(sk)\operatorname{ared}_k(s_k)\ge u\cdot\operatorname{pred}_k(s_k)aredk​(sk​)≥u⋅predk​(sk​), and δˉk+1≥θmin⁡δk\bar\delta_{k+1}\ge\theta_{\min}\delta_kδˉk+1​≥θmin​δk​ otherwise. The algorithm does not break down if it generates an infinite sequence of iterates.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4.4

If Algorithm TR does not break down, then

every limit point x∗ of (xk) is a stationary point of ∥F∥,\text{every limit point } x_* \text{ of } (x_k) \text{ is a stationary point of } \|F\|,every limit point x∗​ of (xk​) is a stationary point of ∥F∥,

and if x∗x_*x∗​ is a limit point with F′(x∗)F'(x_*)F′(x∗​) invertible, then

F(x∗)=0,xk→x∗,sk=−F′(xk)−1F(xk) for all sufficiently large k.F(x_*)=0,\qquad x_k\to x_*,\qquad s_k=-F'(x_k)^{-1}F(x_k)\ \text{for all sufficiently large }k.F(x∗​)=0,xk​→x∗​,sk​=−F′(xk​)−1F(xk​) for all sufficiently large k.

The statement has no constants, and it holds for every choice the algorithm leaves open: the minimizer in (4.5), the factors θ\thetaθ, and the new radii.

Milestones

  1. Corollary 3.7. Any sequence with pred⁡k(sk)≥0\operatorname{pred}_k(s_k)\ge0predk​(sk​)≥0 and ared⁡k(sk)≥t⋅pred⁡k(sk)\operatorname{ared}_k(s_k)\ge t\cdot\operatorname{pred}_k(s_k)aredk​(sk​)≥t⋅predk​(sk​), sk=xk+1−xks_k=x_{k+1}-x_ksk​=xk+1​−xk​, for which ∥sk∥≤Γ⋅pred⁡k(sk)\|s_k\|\le\Gamma\cdot\operatorname{pred}_k(s_k)∥sk​∥≤Γ⋅predk​(sk​) near a limit point x∗x_*x∗​, converges to x∗x_*x∗​.
  2. Lemma 4.2. If F′(x∗)F'(x_*)F′(x∗​) is invertible, then for some Γ>0\Gamma>0Γ>0, ϵ∗>0\epsilon_*>0ϵ∗​>0, every minimizer sss of (4.5) with any radius δ>0\delta>0δ>0 and ∥x−x∗∥<ϵ∗\|x-x_*\|<\epsilon_*∥x−x∗​∥<ϵ∗​ satisfies ∥s∥≤Γ{∥F(x)∥−∥F(x)+F′(x)s∥}\|s\|\le\Gamma\{\|F(x)\|-\|F(x)+F'(x)s\|\}∥s∥≤Γ{∥F(x)∥−∥F(x)+F′(x)s∥} (4.6).
  3. Lemma 4.3. If x∗x_*x∗​ is not a stationary point of ∥F∥\|F\|∥F∥, then (4.6) holds for radii 0<δ≤δ∗0<\delta\le\delta_*0<δ≤δ∗​ and xxx near x∗x_*x∗​.
  4. Lemma 4.1. For a run of Algorithm TR, if ∥sk∥≤Γ⋅pred⁡k(sk)\|s_k\|\le\Gamma\cdot\operatorname{pred}_k(s_k)∥sk​∥≤Γ⋅predk​(sk​) (4.1) holds for every trial step of iterations with xkx_kxk​ near a limit point x∗x_*x∗​ and kkk large, then xk→x∗x_k\to x_*xk​→x∗​ and lim inf⁡kδk>0\liminf_k\delta_k>0liminfk​δk​>0.

An extra item, Corollary 3.6, states that such a sequence with ∑krelpred⁡k(sk)\sum_k\operatorname{relpred}_k(s_k)∑k​relpredk​(sk​) divergent has F(xk)→0F(x_k)\to0F(xk​)→0, where relpred⁡k(sk)=pred⁡k(sk)/∥F(xk)∥\operatorname{relpred}_k(s_k)=\operatorname{pred}_k(s_k)/\|F(x_k)\|relpredk​(sk​)=predk​(sk​)/∥F(xk​)∥ (or 111 if F(xk)=0F(x_k)=0F(xk​)=0).

Significance

Theorem 4.4 is a global convergence result that assumes neither bounded level sets, nor the existence of a solution, nor an inner-product norm. It separates two conclusions: without any regularity, the only possible accumulation points are stationary points of ∥F∥\|F\|∥F∥; at an accumulation point where F′F'F′ is invertible, the method finds a solution, converges to it, and eventually takes the full Newton step. The paper assumes only continuous differentiability, which does not by itself give a quadratic convergence rate. Lemmas 4.2 and 4.3 are local facts about minimizers of the linear model's norm over a ball and apply to any method that uses such steps.

The result is proved in the paper. As far as we know, none of it is formalized: Mathlib has the Fréchet derivative, the inverse function theorem and invertible continuous linear maps, but no trust region or inexact Newton convergence theory. This mission produces machine-checked versions of the paper's statements for an arbitrary norm, together with a reusable vocabulary (actual/predicted reduction, stationary points of ∥F∥\|F\|∥F∥, model minimizers, trust region runs) for later formalizations of trust region and Levenberg–Marquardt type methods.

Difficulty

The obvious argument shows that ∥F(xk)∥\|F(x_k)\|∥F(xk​)∥ decreases, so it converges, and then tries to conclude that the predicted reductions tend to zero. That step fails without control on the radii: if δk→0\delta_k\to0δk​→0, small predicted reductions say nothing about stationarity, and the steps could shrink while the iterates still wander. The central difficulty is to show that near a non-stationary or regular limit point the radii stay bounded away from zero, while at the same time proving that the whole sequence converges to that limit point, not just a subsequence. Under an arbitrary norm the model minimizer is not unique and the model norm is not smooth, so arguments based on gradients of 12∥F∥22\frac12\|F\|_2^221​∥F∥22​ do not apply.

Formalization scope

  • Rn\mathbf R^nRn with an arbitrary norm is a finite-dimensional real normed space E; F′F'F′ is fderiv ℝ F, and "continuously differentiable" is ContDiff ℝ 1 F.
  • A run of Algorithm TR is the predicate IsTRRun. Iteration kkk records the number mkm_kmk​ of while-loop passes, the factors θk,j∈[θmin⁡,θmax⁡]\theta_{k,j}\in[\theta_{\min},\theta_{\max}]θk,j​∈[θmin​,θmax​], and trial steps sk,0,…,sk,mks_{k,0},\dots,s_{k,m_k}sk,0​,…,sk,mk​​, each a minimizer of (4.5) for its radius. Trials j<mkj<m_kj<mk​ fail the test ared⁡≥t⋅pred⁡\operatorname{ared}\ge t\cdot\operatorname{pred}ared≥t⋅pred, and trial mkm_kmk​ passes it. "Does not break down" is the existence of such a run. Any minimizer in (4.5) may be chosen.
  • "Limit point" is MapClusterPt. "Sufficiently near x∗x_*x∗​ and kkk sufficiently large" is: there exist ρ>0\rho>0ρ>0 and KKK such that the property holds for k≥Kk\ge Kk≥K with ∥xk−x∗∥<ρ\|x_k-x_*\|<\rho∥xk​−x∗​∥<ρ. "Whenever kkk is sufficiently large" is ∀ᶠ k in atTop.
  • "F′(x∗)F'(x_*)F′(x∗​) invertible" is (fderiv ℝ F xstar).IsInvertible. F′(xk)−1F'(x_k)^{-1}F′(xk​)−1 is ContinuousLinearMap.inverse, which is the true inverse for all large kkk.
  • "lim inf⁡δk>0\liminf\delta_k>0liminfδk​>0" is "eventually δk≥c\delta_k\ge cδk​≥c for some c>0c>0c>0"; "∑relpred⁡\sum\operatorname{relpred}∑relpred divergent" is ¬ Summable.
  • In Lemma 4.1, (4.1) is required for every trial step sk,js_{k,j}sk,j​ of iterations with xkx_kxk​ near x∗x_*x∗​ and kkk large: in Algorithm TR the symbol sks_ksk​ takes the value of each trial step, and the proof on p. 403 applies (4.1) to trial steps. Requiring it for the accepted step alone would make the lemma false. Lemmas 4.2 and 4.3 are stated with Γ>0\Gamma>0Γ>0.
  • No statement assumes F(x∗)=0F(x_*)=0F(x∗​)=0, xk→x∗x_k\to x_*xk​→x∗​, bounded level sets, a Euclidean norm or a Lipschitz derivative: those are conclusions or absent from the paper. A run predicate that forced zero steps or zero radii would make the convergence claims trivial; IsTRRun forces neither, and it has a run with nonzero steps (for F=idF=\mathrm{id}F=id on R\mathbf RR).

Needed infrastructure: the continuity of x↦F′(x)−1x\mapsto F'(x)^{-1}x↦F′(x)−1 near an invertible point (Lemma 1.1 of the paper), a uniform linearization bound ∥F(y)−F(x)−F′(x)(y−x)∥≤ε∥y−x∥\|F(y)-F(x)-F'(x)(y-x)\|\le\varepsilon\|y-x\|∥F(y)−F(x)−F′(x)(y−x)∥≤ε∥y−x∥ near a point (Lemma 1.2), and the telescoping argument of Theorem 3.5. These are reusable well beyond this mission. Contributions are welcome on each milestone separately, and on general lemmas about minimizers of ∥a+Ls∥\|a+Ls\|∥a+Ls∥ over a ball.

Selected references

  • S. C. Eisenstat and H. F. Walker, Globally Convergent Inexact Newton Methods, SIAM Journal on Optimization 4(2) (1994) 393–422. https://doi.org/10.1137/0804022
  • J. J. Moré and D. C. Sorensen, Computing a Trust Region Step, SIAM Journal on Scientific and Statistical Computing 4(3) (1983) 553–572. https://doi.org/10.1137/0904038
  • J. E. Dennis Jr. and R. B. Schnabel, Numerical Methods for Unconstrained Optimization and Nonlinear Equations, Prentice-Hall 1983; SIAM reprint 1996. https://doi.org/10.1137/1.9781611971200
  • R. S. Dembo, S. C. Eisenstat and T. Steihaug, Inexact Newton Methods, SIAM Journal on Numerical Analysis 19(2) (1982) 400–408. https://doi.org/10.1137/0719025
7 thms1 active userReviewed
Numerical Analysis·Captain: mikedeng1

Convergence Properties of the Nelder–Mead Simplex Method in Low Dimensions I: In Dimension 1, Both Endpoints Converge to the Minimizer of a Strictly Convex Function When ρχ ≥ 1Research Paper

Motivation

The Nelder–Mead simplex method (Nelder and Mead, 1965) is one of the most widely used methods for minimizing a function without derivatives. It is the default unconstrained derivative-free minimizer in several numerical libraries (fminsearch in MATLAB, method="Nelder-Mead" in SciPy) and is used routinely in chemistry, engineering and statistics, where the objective is a simulation or a measurement whose gradient is unavailable.

Its theory lags far behind its use. Until 1998 there was no convergence result for the method as stated, in any dimension. Lagarias, Reeds, Wright and Wright (SIAM J. Optim. 9 (1998) 112–147) gave the first: in dimension one, on strictly convex functions with bounded level sets, the method converges to the minimizer whenever the product of its reflection and expansion coefficients is at least one. McKinnon (SIAM J. Optim. 9 (1998) 148–158) showed in the same issue that in dimension two the method can converge to a non-stationary point even for strictly convex smooth functions, so results of this kind cannot be expected in general.

Timeline:

  • 1965: Nelder and Mead introduce the method (Comput. J. 7, 308–313).
  • 1998: Lagarias, Reeds, Wright and Wright prove convergence in dimension 1 for strictly convex functions when ρχ≥1\rho\chi \ge 1ρχ≥1, MMM-step linear convergence when ρ=1\rho = 1ρ=1, and that the simplex diameter tends to zero in dimension 2 with the standard coefficients.
  • 1998: McKinnon's family of strictly convex functions in dimension 2 on which the method converges to a non-minimizer.
  • 2012: Lagarias, Poonen and Wright prove convergence of a restricted variant (no expansion steps) for a class of strictly convex functions in dimension 2 (SIAM J. Optim. 22 (2012) 501–532).

This mission formalizes the one-dimensional convergence theorem.

Setting

Let f:R→Rf : \mathbb R \to \mathbb Rf:R→R. In dimension one a Nelder–Mead simplex Δk\Delta_kΔk​ is a pair of distinct points x1(k),x2(k)x_1^{(k)}, x_2^{(k)}x1(k)​,x2(k)​, ordered so that f(x1(k))≤f(x2(k))f(x_1^{(k)}) \le f(x_2^{(k)})f(x1(k)​)≤f(x2(k)​): x1x_1x1​ is the best and x2x_2x2​ the worst vertex. Four coefficients are fixed in advance, reflection ρ\rhoρ, expansion χ\chiχ, contraction γ\gammaγ and shrink σ\sigmaσ, satisfying the conditions (2.1) of the paper:

ρ>0,χ>1,χ>ρ,0<γ<1,0<σ<1.\rho > 0,\quad \chi > 1,\quad \chi > \rho,\quad 0 < \gamma < 1,\quad 0 < \sigma < 1.ρ>0,χ>1,χ>ρ,0<γ<1,0<σ<1.

From Δ=(x1,x2)\Delta = (x_1, x_2)Δ=(x1​,x2​) the method forms the trial points

xr=x1+ρ(x1−x2),xe=x1+ρχ(x1−x2),xc=x1+ργ(x1−x2),xcc=x1−γ(x1−x2).x_r = x_1 + \rho(x_1 - x_2),\quad x_e = x_1 + \rho\chi(x_1 - x_2),\quad x_c = x_1 + \rho\gamma(x_1 - x_2),\quad x_{cc} = x_1 - \gamma(x_1 - x_2).xr​=x1​+ρ(x1​−x2​),xe​=x1​+ρχ(x1​−x2​),xc​=x1​+ργ(x1​−x2​),xcc​=x1​−γ(x1​−x2​).

With f1=f(x1)f_1 = f(x_1)f1​=f(x1​), f2=f(x2)f_2 = f(x_2)f2​=f(x2​), fr=f(xr)f_r = f(x_r)fr​=f(xr​) and so on, one iteration does the following:

  1. if fr<f1f_r < f_1fr​<f1​, it expands, accepting xex_exe​ if fe<frf_e < f_rfe​<fr​ and xrx_rxr​ otherwise;
  2. if f1≤fr<f2f_1 \le f_r < f_2f1​≤fr​<f2​, it tries an outside contraction, accepting xcx_cxc​ if fc≤frf_c \le f_rfc​≤fr​;
  3. if fr≥f2f_r \ge f_2fr​≥f2​, it tries an inside contraction, accepting xccx_{cc}xcc​ if fcc<f2f_{cc} < f_2fcc​<f2​;
  4. if a contraction is rejected, it shrinks, replacing x2x_2x2​ by x1+σ(x2−x1)x_1 + \sigma(x_2 - x_1)x1​+σ(x2​−x1​).

The worst vertex is discarded, and the accepted point vvv becomes the new best vertex if f(v)<f1f(v) < f_1f(v)<f1​ and the new worst vertex otherwise (the paper's tie-breaking rule). The diameter of the simplex is diam⁡(Δk)=∣x1(k)−x2(k)∣\operatorname{diam}(\Delta_k) = |x_1^{(k)} - x_2^{(k)}|diam(Δk​)=∣x1(k)​−x2(k)​∣. The function fff is strictly convex, and it has bounded level sets: {x:f(x)≤μ}\{x : f(x) \le \mu\}{x:f(x)≤μ} is bounded for every μ\muμ. It then has a unique minimizer xmin⁡x_{\min}xmin​.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4.1

If, in addition to (2.1), ρχ≥1\rho\chi \ge 1ρχ≥1, then for every nondegenerate initial simplex

lim⁡k→∞x1(k)=xmin⁡andlim⁡k→∞x2(k)=xmin⁡.\lim_{k\to\infty} x_1^{(k)} = x_{\min} \quad\text{and}\quad \lim_{k\to\infty} x_2^{(k)} = x_{\min}.k→∞lim​x1(k)​=xmin​andk→∞lim​x2(k)​=xmin​.

The goal names no rate and no constant; it is the qualitative statement the paper proves.

Milestones

  • Lemma 4.1: three properties of strictly convex functions on R\mathbb RR (an up–down–up pattern brackets xmin⁡x_{\min}xmin​; fff increases along rays leaving xmin⁡x_{\min}xmin​; fff is continuous).
  • Lemma 3.5, case n=1n = 1n=1: no shrink step ever occurs.
  • Lemma 4.2: with ρχ≥1\rho\chi \ge 1ρχ≥1 there is a first iteration KKK with f2(K)≥f1(K)≤fe(K)f_2^{(K)} \ge f_1^{(K)} \le f_e^{(K)}f2(K)​≥f1(K)​≤fe(K)​, and then xmin⁡x_{\min}xmin​ lies strictly between x2(K)x_2^{(K)}x2(K)​ and xe(K)x_e^{(K)}xe(K)​.
  • Lemma 4.3: with NNM=max⁡(1/(ργ),ρ/γ,ρχ,χ−1)N_{NM} = \max(1/(\rho\gamma), \rho/\gamma, \rho\chi, \chi - 1)NNM​=max(1/(ργ),ρ/γ,ρχ,χ−1), the proximity property xmin⁡∈int⁡(x2(k),x1(k)+NNM(x1(k)−x2(k))]x_{\min} \in \operatorname{int}(x_2^{(k)}, x_1^{(k)} + N_{NM}(x_1^{(k)} - x_2^{(k)})]xmin​∈int(x2(k)​,x1(k)​+NNM​(x1(k)​−x2(k)​)] persists from one iteration to the next.
  • Lemma 4.4: the limits f1∗f_1^*f1∗​, f2∗f_2^*f2∗​ of the vertex values coincide.
  • Lemma 4.5: diam⁡(Δk)→0\operatorname{diam}(\Delta_k) \to 0diam(Δk​)→0.
  • (4.9): the proximity property gives ∣xmin⁡−x1(k)∣≤NNMdiam⁡(Δk)|x_{\min} - x_1^{(k)}| \le N_{NM} \operatorname{diam}(\Delta_k)∣xmin​−x1(k)​∣≤NNM​diam(Δk​).

A further item states the paper's remark that when ρχ<1\rho\chi < 1ρχ<1 the vertices stay within diam⁡(Δ0)/(1−ρχ)\operatorname{diam}(\Delta_0)/(1 - \rho\chi)diam(Δ0​)/(1−ρχ) of x1(0)x_1^{(0)}x1(0)​, so convergence to xmin⁡x_{\min}xmin​ fails when the minimizer is farther away.

Significance

Theorem 4.1, together with the remark on ρχ<1\rho\chi < 1ρχ<1, identifies ρχ≥1\rho\chi \ge 1ρχ≥1 as the right condition for global convergence of the one-dimensional method, and it holds for all contraction coefficients and for infinitely many expansion steps. It is the base case of the low-dimensional theory: the linear-rate result for ρ=1\rho = 1ρ=1 (Theorem 4.2) builds on the same bracketing and proximity lemmas, and McKinnon's example shows that nothing comparable holds in dimension two.

The result is proved in the paper; no machine-checked proof of any convergence property of the Nelder–Mead method is known to exist. A formalization gives a precise, executable definition of the algorithm with its tie-breaking rules, which the literature states in several inequivalent variants, and it checks a proof with a known gap: the bound on KKK printed in Lemma 4.2 is false (see below), so the published argument cannot be followed line by line.

Difficulty

The obvious argument, that the best value decreases and so the best vertex converges, fails twice. The best vertex may stall while contractions continue, and the diameter can grow, by the factor ρχ\rho\chiρχ at every expansion step, so there is no monotone potential. The proof must show that the minimizer is eventually trapped in an interval proportional to the current diameter (Lemmas 4.2, 4.3), and separately that the diameter tends to zero whatever the sequence of moves (Lemmas 4.4, 4.5); the latter needs a case analysis of infinite runs of contractions and of the two limit points of a strictly convex level set.

Formalization scope

The Lean development lives in the namespace NelderMeadLD.Conv1D. The simplex is an ordered pair p : ℝ × ℝ with p.1 =x1= x_1=x1​ (best) and p.2 =x2= x_2=x2​ (worst); one iteration step is a function of the pair, and the run is its kkk-fold iterate from the initial pair. Committed conventions:

  • the expansion step accepts the better of xrx_rxr​ and xex_exe​; the outside contraction is accepted on fc≤frf_c \le f_rfc​≤fr​, the inside contraction on fcc<f2f_{cc} < f_2fcc​<f2​;
  • a new point with value equal to f1f_1f1​ becomes the worst vertex (the page's printed formula for the insertion index always gives the last index; the words and the example on p. 118 describe the rule used);
  • the initial pair is nondegenerate, x1(0)≠x2(0)x_1^{(0)} \ne x_2^{(0)}x1(0)​=x2(0)​, and ordered, f(x1(0))≤f(x2(0))f(x_1^{(0)}) \le f(x_2^{(0)})f(x1(0)​)≤f(x2(0)​);
  • strict convexity is StrictConvexOn ℝ Set.univ f, bounded level sets are Bornology.IsBounded {x | f x ≤ μ} for every μ, and the minimizer is a binder with ∀ y, f xmin ≤ f y;
  • every statement of §4 carries all five conditions (2.1), the standing assumption of the one-dimensional analysis, even where the lemma names fewer; ρχ≥1\rho\chi \ge 1ρχ≥1 is added only where the paper states it;
  • limits are stated with Tendsto; Lemma 4.4 asserts the existence of a common limit of both value sequences.

The printed bound K≤∣xmin⁡−x1(0)∣/diam⁡(Δ0)K \le |x_{\min} - x_1^{(0)}| / \operatorname{diam}(\Delta_0)K≤∣xmin​−x1(0)​∣/diam(Δ0​) of Lemma 4.2 is false (f(x)=(x−5)2f(x) = (x-5)^2f(x)=(x−5)2, Δ0=(3,0)\Delta_0 = (3, 0)Δ0​=(3,0), ρ=1\rho = 1ρ=1, χ=1.1\chi = 1.1χ=1.1) and is not stated; the existence and minimality of KKK and the bracketing are. A formalization that drops nondegeneracy or the ordering of the initial pair, or quantifies xmin⁡x_{\min}xmin​ over an arbitrary point, is not this theorem: with x1(0)=x2(0)x_1^{(0)} = x_2^{(0)}x1(0)​=x2(0)​ every iteration is a shrink to the same point and the goal is false.

Needed infrastructure: elementary facts on strictly convex functions of one real variable (three-point bracketing, monotonicity beyond the minimizer, continuity), and bookkeeping for iterates of a piecewise-defined map. Lemma 4.1 is reusable beyond this mission. Contributions are welcome on every milestone, independently: Lemmas 4.4 and 4.5 do not use ρχ≥1\rho\chi \ge 1ρχ≥1.

Selected references

  • J. C. Lagarias, J. A. Reeds, M. H. Wright, P. E. Wright, Convergence properties of the Nelder–Mead simplex method in low dimensions, SIAM J. Optim. 9(1) (1998), 112–147. https://doi.org/10.1137/S1052623496303470
  • J. A. Nelder, R. Mead, A simplex method for function minimization, Comput. J. 7(4) (1965), 308–313. https://doi.org/10.1093/comjnl/7.4.308
  • K. I. M. McKinnon, Convergence of the Nelder–Mead simplex method to a nonstationary point, SIAM J. Optim. 9(1) (1998), 148–158. https://doi.org/10.1137/S1052623496303482
  • J. C. Lagarias, B. Poonen, M. H. Wright, Convergence of the restricted Nelder–Mead algorithm in two dimensions, SIAM J. Optim. 22(2) (2012), 501–532. https://doi.org/10.1137/110830150
9 thms1 active userReviewed
Dynamic ProgrammingOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Dynamic Pricing and Inventory Control of Substitute Products 3: Optimal Dynamic Prices When the Other Variates Keep Fixed PricesResearch Paper

Motivation

A retailer that sells a line of substitutable products — sizes, colours or models of one item — over a short season without replenishment must decide how to price each variate as inventory runs down. Customers substitute: when one variate is expensive or sold out, part of its demand moves to the others. Dong, Kouvelis and Tian (M&SOM 2009) model this with a multinomial logit (MNL) choice model inside a finite-horizon dynamic program and characterize the optimal prices in closed form up to one scalar equation per period.

Retailers often cannot reprice everything. A common arrangement, described in §5.1.3 of the paper, is mixed pricing: products advertised in a printed catalogue keep their catalogue prices for the season, while products sold only online are repriced dynamically. Proposition 2 of the paper gives the optimal dynamic prices in this setting. It is the third of the paper's three optimal-pricing results, after the full dynamic pricing model (Theorem 1) and unified dynamic pricing with one common price (Proposition 1); each is the subject of its own mission in this series.

Setting

There are nnn variates n={1,…,n}\mathfrak n = \{1,\dots,n\}n={1,…,n} and ttt remaining periods; time counts down. In each period one customer arrives with probability λ∈(0,1]\lambda \in (0,1]λ∈(0,1]. Variate iii has a quality index aia_iai​; the no-purchase option has utility u0u_0u0​; μ>0\mu > 0μ>0 is the MNL scale. The inventory is x∈Nnx \in \mathbb N^nx∈Nn, and the in-stock set is S(x)={i:xi>0}S(x) = \{i : x^i > 0\}S(x)={i:xi>0}. A sold-out variate leaves the choice set.

The variates are split into a dynamic-pricing set n1\mathfrak n_1n1​ and a fixed-pricing set n2=n∖n1\mathfrak n_2 = \mathfrak n \setminus \mathfrak n_1n2​=n∖n1​, where j∈n2j \in \mathfrak n_2j∈n2​ is always sold at its fixed price rj≥0r^j \ge 0rj≥0. Write S1(x)=S(x)∩n1S_1(x) = S(x)\cap\mathfrak n_1S1​(x)=S(x)∩n1​ and S2(x)=S(x)∩n2S_2(x) = S(x)\cap\mathfrak n_2S2​(x)=S(x)∩n2​. Given dynamic prices rir^iri (i∈n1i \in \mathfrak n_1i∈n1​), an arriving customer buys an in-stock variate iii with probability

Pi=e(ai−ri)/μ∑j∈S(x)e(aj−rj)/μ+eu0/μ,P^i = \frac{e^{(a_i - r^i)/\mu}}{\sum_{j\in S(x)} e^{(a_j - r^j)/\mu} + e^{u_0/\mu}},Pi=∑j∈S(x)​e(aj​−rj)/μ+eu0​/μe(ai​−ri)/μ​,

and buys nothing with probability P0P^0P0 (numerator eu0/μe^{u_0/\mu}eu0​/μ). The value function πt(x)\pi_t(x)πt​(x) is the maximum expected revenue from ttt periods with inventory xxx: π0≡0\pi_0 \equiv 0π0​≡0 and

πt(x)=max⁡r∈R+n1{λ∑i∈S(x)riPi+λ∑i∈S(x)Pi πt−1(x−ei)+(λP0+1−λ) πt−1(x)}.\pi_t(x) = \max_{r \in \mathbb R^{n_1}_+}\Big\{\lambda\sum_{i\in S(x)} r^i P^i + \lambda\sum_{i\in S(x)} P^i\,\pi_{t-1}(x-e^i) + (\lambda P^0 + 1-\lambda)\,\pi_{t-1}(x)\Big\}.πt​(x)=r∈R+n1​​max​{λi∈S(x)∑​riPi+λi∈S(x)∑​Piπt−1​(x−ei)+(λP0+1−λ)πt−1​(x)}.

The marginal value of a unit of variate iii is Δiπt(x)=πt(x)−πt(x−ei)\Delta^i\pi_t(x) = \pi_t(x) - \pi_t(x-e^i)Δiπt​(x)=πt​(x)−πt​(x−ei). For a fixed-price variate put vj=rj−Δjπt−1(x)v_j = r^j - \Delta^j\pi_{t-1}(x)vj​=rj−Δjπt−1​(x) and uj=aj−rju_j = a_j - r^juj​=aj​−rj; for the outside option v0=0v_0 = 0v0​=0, and S2+(x)=S2(x)∪{0}S_2^+(x) = S_2(x)\cup\{0\}S2+​(x)=S2​(x)∪{0}.

In Lean the model lives in SubstitutePricing.Mixed.Model: S1, S2, P, P0, objM, piM, deltaM, v, uf, lhs15, rhs15, rstarM.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 2

For every t≥1t \ge 1t≥1 and inventory xxx, the margin equation

∑j∈S2+(x)(mt−vjμ−1)e(mt+uj)/μ=∑i∈S1(x)e(ai−Δiπt−1(x))/μ(15)\sum_{j\in S_2^+(x)}\Big(\frac{m_t - v_j}{\mu} - 1\Big)e^{(m_t+u_j)/\mu} = \sum_{i\in S_1(x)} e^{(a_i - \Delta^i\pi_{t-1}(x))/\mu} \tag{15}j∈S2+​(x)∑​(μmt​−vj​​−1)e(mt​+uj​)/μ=i∈S1​(x)∑​e(ai​−Δiπt−1​(x))/μ(15)

has exactly one solution mt(x)m_t(x)mt​(x); the dynamic prices

rti∗(x)=Δiπt−1(x)+mt(x),i∈S1(x),r^{i*}_t(x) = \Delta^i\pi_{t-1}(x) + m_t(x), \qquad i \in S_1(x),rti∗​(x)=Δiπt−1​(x)+mt​(x),i∈S1​(x),

are allowable and attain the maximum in the optimality equation; and

πt(x)=λ∑s=1t[ms(x)−μ].\pi_t(x) = \lambda\sum_{s=1}^t\big[m_s(x) - \mu\big].πt​(x)=λs=1∑t​[ms​(x)−μ].

Milestones

In the order the paper's proof uses them: the optimality equation rewritten as a price objective plus πt−1\pi_{t-1}πt−1​ (29); the no-purchase and fixed-price probabilities as functions of the dynamic ones (30); strict joint concavity of the objective (31) in the dynamic choice probabilities; the form (32)–(34) of an optimal price vector; the equivalence of (15) with (36) and uniqueness of its root; and the one-period recursion πt−πt−1=λ(mt−μ)\pi_t - \pi_{t-1} = \lambda(m_t - \mu)πt​−πt−1​=λ(mt​−μ).

Significance

The result says that, even with part of the line frozen at catalogue prices, the optimal dynamic prices keep the structure of the full model: every repriced variate earns the same margin mtm_tmt​ over its own marginal value, and one scalar equation per period determines that margin. The fixed-price variates enter (15) in exactly the role of the outside option, each weighted by its own net value vjv_jvj​; when n2=∅\mathfrak n_2 = \emptysetn2​=∅, (15) reduces to the margin equation (10) of Theorem 1. One difference from the full model is that the identity mtPt0∗=μm_t P^{0*}_t = \mumt​Pt0∗​=μ fails here, so the margin is not tied to the no-purchase probability alone. The structure reduces each period's n1n_1n1​-dimensional price optimization to a one-dimensional root and supports the paper's comparison of mixed, unified and full dynamic pricing in §5.

The paper gives a complete proof (Appendix A, pp. 337–338). None of it is formalized: Prove2Me and Mathlib have no MNL pricing dynamic program. The mission produces a machine-checked version of the proof, including the step the paper leaves unchecked (below).

Difficulty

The objective is not concave in prices, so a stationary point in price space is not automatically a maximum, and the obvious first-order argument proves nothing by itself. The fixed-price variates make the coupling worse than in the full model: their purchase probabilities move with every dynamic price, and the identity mtPt0∗=μm_t P^{0*}_t = \mumt​Pt0∗​=μ that pins the margin in Theorem 1 is lost.

The second difficulty is a gap. The price set is R+n1\mathbb R^{n_1}_+R+n1​​, and the proof never checks that the prices Δiπt−1(x)+mt\Delta^i\pi_{t-1}(x) + m_tΔiπt−1​(x)+mt​ are nonnegative. In Theorem 1 this follows from mt>μm_t > \mumt​>μ and Δiπt−1≥0\Delta^i\pi_{t-1}\ge 0Δiπt−1​≥0. Here the left side of (15) is negative for m≤μ+min⁡(0,min⁡jvj)m \le \mu + \min(0, \min_j v_j)m≤μ+min(0,minj​vj​), so mt>0m_t > 0mt​>0 follows once every vj≥−μv_j \ge -\muvj​≥−μ; the paper bounds vjv_jvj​ nowhere. Random search over small instances found no negative optimal price, so the goal is posed as printed. A complete formalization of the goal must close this gap.

Formalization scope

  • Variates are Fin n; the dynamic set is a Finset; inventories are Fin n → ℕ; time counts down with π0=0\pi_0 = 0π0​=0 defined by recursion on t : ℕ. Results are stated for t≥1t \ge 1t≥1.
  • The paper's null price ri=∞r^i = \inftyri=∞ for sold-out variates is modelled by removing them from the choice set, so in-stock prices are finite reals.
  • The no-sale term of (3) is counted once, as (5) and the proofs use it.
  • The value function is sSup over {r:ri≥0, i∈n1}\{r : r^i \ge 0,\ i\in\mathfrak n_1\}{r:ri≥0, i∈n1​}; coordinates outside n1\mathfrak n_1n1​ are ignored. Fixed prices are assumed nonnegative. The goal asserts feasibility of the prices, attainment of the maximum, and the value identity, so it never rests on the value of sSup at an unattained or unbounded set.
  • The root of (15) is quantified as "the unique mmm", not chosen inside a definition; the revenue formula takes the roots msm_sms​ for s=1,…,ts = 1,\dots,ts=1,…,t at the same inventory xxx, as the paper specifies.
  • The case S1(x)=∅S_1(x) = \emptysetS1​(x)=∅ is included: the right side of (15) is 000 and the root is μ+∑jθjvj/(1+Θ)\mu + \sum_j\theta_j v_j/(1+\Theta)μ+∑j​θj​vj​/(1+Θ).
  • The printed (36) has Δjπt\Delta^j\pi_tΔjπt​ where (32) and (37) have Δjπt−1\Delta^j\pi_{t-1}Δjπt−1​; the misprint is not copied.
  • Strict concavity (31) is stated on the open probability domain with the coordinates outside S1(x)S_1(x)S1​(x) pinned to 000.
  • The nonnegativity of the optimal prices is asserted as printed (see Difficulty).

A trivializing formalization — relaxing the price set to Rn1\mathbb R^{n_1}Rn1​, stating the value identity without attainment, or adding a hypothesis that bounds mtm_tmt​ from below — would remove the gap rather than prove the theorem, and is ruled out.

The development needs the MNL choice probabilities, the dynamic program, a strict-concavity argument on an open simplex, and a monotonicity-plus-intermediate-value root lemma. The model file is kept identical, up to the mixed-pricing data, to the files of the other two missions in this series so they can be consolidated. Proofs of any milestone, and in particular an argument closing the nonnegativity gap, are welcome.

Selected references

  • L. Dong, P. Kouvelis, Z. Tian, Dynamic Pricing and Inventory Control of Substitute Products, Manufacturing & Service Operations Management 11(2) (2009) 317–339. https://doi.org/10.1287/msom.1080.0221
  • G. Gallego, G. van Ryzin, A multiproduct dynamic pricing problem and its application to network yield management, Operations Research 45(1) (1997) 24–41. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.45.1.24
  • W. Hanson, K. Martin, Optimizing multinomial logit profit functions, Management Science 42(7) (1996) 992–1003. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.42.7.992
8 thms1 active userReviewed
Control TheoryDynamical SystemsOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Homogeneous Approximation, Recursive Observer Design, and Output Feedback: Global Asymptotic Stabilization of a Chain of Integrators by a Homogeneous-in-the-Bi-Limit Output FeedbackResearch Paper

Motivation

Many nonlinear control systems behave like a chain of integrators, x˙1=x2,…,x˙n=u\dot x_1=x_2,\dots,\dot x_n=ux˙1​=x2​,…,x˙n​=u, with additional terms that are small either near the origin or far from it. Designs based on weighted homogeneity handle such systems by making the closed loop invariant under a dilation, which gives robustness to perturbations that are dominated by the homogeneous part (Rosier, Homogeneous Lyapunov function for homogeneous continuous vector field, Systems & Control Letters, 1992, doi:10.1016/0167-6911(92)90078-7). A single homogeneous approximation, however, describes the system only at one scale. A perturbation that is negligible near the origin may dominate at infinity, and a design tuned to the origin can then fail globally.

Andrieu, Praly and Astolfi (arXiv:0903.0298v1; SIAM J. Control Optim., 2008, doi:10.1137/060675861) introduce homogeneity in the bi-limit: a function or vector field has one homogeneous approximation near the origin and another, possibly with different weights and degree, at infinity. They develop the basic calculus of this notion, a converse Lyapunov theorem for it, a recursive observer and a recursive state feedback for the chain of integrators, and combine them into a global output feedback. This mission formalizes that output-feedback result and the chain of results it rests on.

Setting

For a weight r=(r1,…,rn)r=(r_1,\dots,r_n)r=(r1​,…,rn​) with all ri>0r_i>0ri​>0 and λ>0\lambda>0λ>0, the dilation is λr⋄x=(λr1x1,…,λrnxn)\lambda^r\diamond x=(\lambda^{r_1}x_1,\dots,\lambda^{r_n}x_n)λr⋄x=(λr1​x1​,…,λrn​xn​). A continuous function ϕ:Rn→R\phi:\mathbb R^n\to\mathbb Rϕ:Rn→R is homogeneous in the 0-limit with triple (r0,d0,ϕ0)(r_0,d_0,\phi_0)(r0​,d0​,ϕ0​), degree d0≥0d_0\ge0d0​≥0, if ϕ0\phi_0ϕ0​ is continuous and not identically zero and, for every compact C⊆Rn∖{0}C\subseteq\mathbb R^n\setminus\{0\}C⊆Rn∖{0} and every ε>0\varepsilon>0ε>0, there is λ0>0\lambda_0>0λ0​>0 such that

max⁡x∈C∣ϕ(λr0⋄x)λd0−ϕ0(x)∣≤εfor all λ∈(0,λ0].\max_{x\in C}\left|\frac{\phi(\lambda^{r_0}\diamond x)}{\lambda^{d_0}}-\phi_0(x)\right|\le\varepsilon\qquad\text{for all }\lambda\in(0,\lambda_0].x∈Cmax​​λd0​ϕ(λr0​⋄x)​−ϕ0​(x)​≤εfor all λ∈(0,λ0​].

Homogeneity in the ∞-limit with triple (r∞,d∞,ϕ∞)(r_\infty,d_\infty,\phi_\infty)(r∞​,d∞​,ϕ∞​) is the same statement for all λ≥λ∞\lambda\ge\lambda_\inftyλ≥λ∞​. A vector field f=(f1,…,fn)f=(f_1,\dots,f_n)f=(f1​,…,fn​) is homogeneous with triple (r,d,f0)(r,\mathfrak d,f_0)(r,d,f0​), d∈R\mathfrak d\in\mathbb Rd∈R, when each fif_ifi​ is homogeneous with triple (r,d+ri,f0,i)(r,\mathfrak d+r_i,f_{0,i})(r,d+ri​,f0,i​) and d+ri≥0\mathfrak d+r_i\ge0d+ri​≥0. Bi-limit means both at once.

For the chain of integrators, Snx=(x2,…,xn,0)TS_n x=(x_2,\dots,x_n,0)^TSn​x=(x2​,…,xn​,0)T and Bn=(0,…,0,1)TB_n=(0,\dots,0,1)^TBn​=(0,…,0,1)T. Given degrees d0,d∞∈(−1,1n−1)\mathfrak d_0,\mathfrak d_\infty\in(-1,\frac1{n-1})d0​,d∞​∈(−1,n−11​), the weights are

r0,i=1−d0(n−i),r∞,i=1−d∞(n−i),i=1,…,n.r_{0,i}=1-\mathfrak d_0(n-i),\qquad r_{\infty,i}=1-\mathfrak d_\infty(n-i),\qquad i=1,\dots,n .r0,i​=1−d0​(n−i),r∞,i​=1−d∞​(n−i),i=1,…,n.

The output feedback studied is

x˙=Snx+Bnu,y=x1,X^˙n=L(SnX^n+Bnϕn(X^n)+K1(x1−x^1)),u=Lnϕn(X^n),\dot x=S_nx+B_nu,\quad y=x_1,\qquad \dot{\hat{\mathfrak X}}_n=L\bigl(S_n\hat{\mathfrak X}_n+B_n\phi_n(\hat{\mathfrak X}_n)+K_1(x_1-\hat x_1)\bigr),\quad u=L^n\phi_n(\hat{\mathfrak X}_n),x˙=Sn​x+Bn​u,y=x1​,X^˙n​=L(Sn​X^n​+Bn​ϕn​(X^n​)+K1​(x1​−x^1​)),u=Lnϕn​(X^n​),

with a gain L>0L>0L>0, a state feedback ϕn:Rn→R\phi_n:\mathbb R^n\to\mathbb Rϕn​:Rn→R and an output-injection vector field K1:Rn→RnK_1:\mathbb R^n\to\mathbb R^nK1​:Rn→Rn, where K1(s)K_1(s)K1​(s) means K1(s,0,…,0)K_1(s,0,\dots,0)K1​(s,0,…,0). Its homogeneous approximations are the same closed loop with (ϕn,0,K1,0)(\phi_{n,0},K_{1,0})(ϕn,0​,K1,0​) and with (ϕn,∞,K1,∞)(\phi_{n,\infty},K_{1,\infty})(ϕn,∞​,K1,∞​) in place of (ϕn,K1)(\phi_n,K_1)(ϕn​,K1​).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 5.1

For n≥2n\ge2n≥2 and d0,d∞∈(−1,1n−1)\mathfrak d_0,\mathfrak d_\infty\in(-1,\frac1{n-1})d0​,d∞​∈(−1,n−11​) there exist ϕn\phi_nϕn​, homogeneous in the bi-limit with triples (r0,1+d0,ϕn,0)(r_0,1+\mathfrak d_0,\phi_{n,0})(r0​,1+d0​,ϕn,0​) and (r∞,1+d∞,ϕn,∞)(r_\infty,1+\mathfrak d_\infty,\phi_{n,\infty})(r∞​,1+d∞​,ϕn,∞​), and K1K_1K1​, homogeneous in the bi-limit with triples (r0,d0,K1,0)(r_0,\mathfrak d_0,K_{1,0})(r0​,d0​,K1,0​) and (r∞,d∞,K1,∞)(r_\infty,\mathfrak d_\infty,K_{1,\infty})(r∞​,d∞​,K1,∞​), such that

∀L>0:0∈R2n is globally asymptotically stable for the closed loop and for both of its homogeneous approximations.\forall L>0:\quad 0\in\mathbb R^{2n}\text{ is globally asymptotically stable for the closed loop and for both of its homogeneous approximations.}∀L>0:0∈R2n is globally asymptotically stable for the closed loop and for both of its homogeneous approximations.

The pair (ϕn,K1)(\phi_n,K_1)(ϕn​,K1​) is fixed before LLL. No constant appears in the goal.

Milestones

  1. Proposition 2.10 (composition) and Proposition 2.12 (integration along a coordinate) preserve homogeneity in the limit.
  2. Lemma 2.13: for homogeneous η\etaη and γ≥0\gamma\ge0γ≥0 with η<0\eta<0η<0 where γ=0\gamma=0γ=0, η−cγ<0\eta-c\gamma<0η−cγ<0 off the origin for all large ccc, simultaneously for both approximations.
  3. Theorem 2.20: a converse Lyapunov theorem, giving a C1C^1C1 proper Lyapunov function whose gradient is homogeneous in the bi-limit.
  4. Theorem 3.1 and display (3.12): the recursive observer, an output injection K1K_1K1​ making E˙=SnE+K1(e1)\dot E=S_nE+K_1(e_1)E˙=Sn​E+K1​(e1​) and its approximations globally asymptotically stable.
  5. Theorem 4.1 and display (4.9): the recursive state feedback, a ϕn\phi_nϕn​ making X˙=SnX+Bnϕn(X)\dot{\mathfrak X}=S_n\mathfrak X+B_n\phi_n(\mathfrak X)X˙=Sn​X+Bn​ϕn​(X) and its approximations globally asymptotically stable.

Significance

The theorem gives a single dynamic output feedback for the chain of integrators that is homogeneous with prescribed degrees near the origin and at infinity, and that stabilizes globally for every gain L>0L>0L>0. Because the degrees at the two ends are independent, the same design can be matched to perturbations of different orders at small and large amplitudes; the paper derives from it output-feedback stabilizers for systems in feedback and feedforward form (Corollaries 5.2 and 5.3), which are outside this mission. The converse Lyapunov theorem (Theorem 2.20) and the key lemma (Lemma 2.13) are general tools for any vector field homogeneous in the bi-limit.

The results are proved in the paper; none of them, nor the notion of homogeneity in the bi-limit, has a machine-checked proof. The platform has a definition of global asymptotic stability for continuous vector fields (from the series on Chitour, Ushirobira, Efimov and Perruquetti's prescribed-time stabilization) and Mathlib has the needed analysis, but there is no converse Lyapunov theorem and no theory of weighted homogeneous vector fields. A complete formalization would supply both.

Difficulty

Lyapunov arguments for homogeneous systems usually compare a function with its homogeneous approximation on the unit sphere and then scale. With homogeneity in the bi-limit the comparison holds only for small or for large dilation parameters, with no control at intermediate scales, and the two approximations have different weights, so no single dilation brings the whole space to a compact set. Each statement has to hold for the system and for both approximations at once. Theorem 2.20 additionally requires a converse Lyapunov theorem for continuous, non-Lipschitz vector fields whose solutions need not be unique, so a flow map is not available. Finally, the gain LLL in the goal is arbitrary: an argument that only works for LLL large enough proves a weaker statement.

Formalization scope

Points of Rn\mathbb R^nRn are functions Fin n → ℝ, with the paper's coordinate xix_ixi​ at index i−1i-1i−1; the closed loop lives on Fin (n + n) → ℝ with xxx first and X^n\hat{\mathfrak X}_nX^n​ second. Real powers are Real.rpow; the signed power is wr=sign⁡(w)∣w∣rw^r=\operatorname{sign}(w)|w|^rwr=sign(w)∣w∣r. Every clause of Definitions 2.1, 2.3 and 2.5 is kept: positive weights, nonnegative function degrees, continuity, approximating functions not identically zero, uniformity on compact subsets of Rn∖{0}\mathbb R^n\setminus\{0\}Rn∖{0}. Dropping any of them makes the goal weaker than the paper's.

Global asymptotic stability reuses the published ChitourPrescribedTime.FixedTime.GloballyAsymptoticallyStable on the Euclidean space, applied to the time-invariant field: the origin is an equilibrium, every initial state has a solution on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞), and stability and uniform attractivity hold for every solution. The mission adds that no solution escapes to infinity in finite time, so that every solution is covered; for continuous autonomous fields this is the textbook notion. Positive and negative definiteness, properness (V→∞V\to\inftyV→∞ along the cocompact filter), C1C^1C1 and partial derivatives (Fréchet derivative on a basis vector) are defined in the mission's definition files.

Corrections and readings, each disclosed in the item concerned:

  • Proposition 2.10 is false as printed. The composite approximation ζ0∘ϕ0\zeta_0\circ\phi_0ζ0​∘ϕ0​ can vanish identically, and in the ∞-limit a degree-0 outer function fails. Both extra hypotheses are added.
  • (5.2) prints K1(x1−x^1)K_1(x_1-\hat x_1)K1​(x1​−x^1​) while (3.3) and (5.9) use x^1−x1\hat x_1-x_1x^1​−x1​. The goal keeps the printed sign; since K1K_1K1​ is existential, the two readings are equivalent.
  • In Theorem 3.1 the hypothesis "GAS for these systems" covers (3.5) and both approximations, as the proof uses. In Theorem 4.1 the implicit ψi0,ψi∞\psi_{i0},\psi_{i\infty}ψi0​,ψi∞​ are existential C1C^1C1 functions, and αi+1>1\alpha_{i+1}>1αi+1​>1 is kept as printed. (4.4) and (4.9) lack the time-derivative dots.

A formalization in which the closed loop is replaced by its linearization, the homogeneity predicate is weakened to pointwise convergence, or the quantifier on LLL is moved before ϕn\phi_nϕn​ and K1K_1K1​, proves a different statement and does not close the goal. Contributions welcome: a library of weighted dilations and homogeneous functions, the converse Lyapunov theorem, and proofs of the milestones in any order.

Selected references

  • V. Andrieu, L. Praly, A. Astolfi, Homogeneous Approximation, Recursive Observer Design, and Output Feedback, arXiv:0903.0298v1, 2009 (SIAM J. Control Optim. 47(4), 2008). https://arxiv.org/abs/0903.0298
  • L. Rosier, Homogeneous Lyapunov function for homogeneous continuous vector field, Systems & Control Letters 19(6), 1992. https://doi.org/10.1016/0167-6911(92)90078-7
  • A. Bacciotti, L. Rosier, Liapunov Functions and Stability in Control Theory, Springer, 2nd ed., 2005. https://doi.org/10.1007/b139028
12 thms1 active userReviewed
Algorithmic Game TheoryConvex OptimizationOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Cooperative Fuzzy Games 2: A Game with Side Payments Has a Nonempty Core Iff It Is Balanced, and Then Its Core Is the Core of Its Concave Fuzzy ExtensionResearch Paper

Why cores of games with side payments

A cooperative game with side payments assigns to each coalition of players the total payoff it can secure on its own and share freely among its members. The core is the set of ways of dividing the payoff of the grand coalition that no coalition can improve upon. It is the basic stability notion of cooperative game theory and of its applications in operations research: cost allocation for shared facilities, network design, inventory pooling and linear production games all ask whether a core allocation exists and what it looks like.

The core can be empty, and the question of when it is not was answered independently by Bondareva (1963) and Shapley (1967): the core is nonempty exactly when the game is balanced, a linear-programming condition on weighted families of coalitions. Scarf (1967) extended the existence half to games without side payments, and Billera (1970) recast balancedness for those games.

Aubin's Cooperative Fuzzy Games (Math. Oper. Res. 6(1), 1981) reads these results through fuzzy coalitions, in which each player participates at a rate between 0 and 1. In §6 every game on a family of coalitions is extended to a concave positively homogeneous function of fuzzy coalitions, and the Bondareva–Shapley theorem becomes a statement about that extension. This mission formalizes §2 and §6 of the paper: the core of a fuzzy game with side payments, its superdifferential description, and Proposition 6.1.

Setting

Let N={1,…,n}N=\{1,\dots,n\}N={1,…,n} be the set of players. A coalition A⊆NA\subseteq NA⊆N is identified with its characteristic vector τA∈{0,1}n\tau^A\in\{0,1\}^nτA∈{0,1}n, and τN=(1,…,1)\tau^N=(1,\dots,1)τN=(1,…,1). A fuzzy coalition is a vector τ∈[0,1]n\tau\in[0,1]^nτ∈[0,1]n, where τi\tau_iτi​ is the rate at which player iii participates.

A fuzzy game with side payments is a worth function vvv with v(0)=0v(0)=0v(0)=0 that is positively homogeneous, v(tτ)=t v(τ)v(t\tau)=t\,v(\tau)v(tτ)=tv(τ) for t>0t>0t>0. Homogeneity extends vvv from [0,1]n[0,1]^n[0,1]n to the orthant R+n\mathbb R^n_+R+n​. Its core is

core⁡(v)={c∈Rn: ∑i∈Nci=v(τN),  ∑i∈Nτici≥v(τ) for all τ∈[0,1]n},\operatorname{core}(v)=\Big\{c\in\mathbb R^n:\ \sum_{i\in N}c_i=v(\tau^N),\ \ \sum_{i\in N}\tau_ic_i\ge v(\tau)\ \text{for all }\tau\in[0,1]^n\Big\},core(v)={c∈Rn: i∈N∑​ci​=v(τN),  i∈N∑​τi​ci​≥v(τ) for all τ∈[0,1]n},

the allocations that no fuzzy coalition blocks. The superdifferential of vvv at τ\tauτ is ∂v(τ)={c: v(τ)−v(σ)≥∑ici(τi−σi) for all σ∈R+n}\partial v(\tau)=\{c:\ v(\tau)-v(\sigma)\ge\sum_i c_i(\tau_i-\sigma_i)\ \text{for all }\sigma\in\mathbb R^n_+\}∂v(τ)={c: v(τ)−v(σ)≥∑i​ci​(τi​−σi​) for all σ∈R+n​}.

A usual game with side payments is given by a family C\mathscr CC of nonempty coalitions that contains NNN and every singleton {i}\{i\}{i}, and by a worth v(A)∈Rv(A)\in\mathbb Rv(A)∈R for each A∈CA\in\mathscr CA∈C. Its core is the set of c∈Rnc\in\mathbb R^nc∈Rn with ∑i∈Nci=v(N)\sum_{i\in N}c_i=v(N)∑i∈N​ci​=v(N) and ∑i∈Aci≥v(A)\sum_{i\in A}c_i\ge v(A)∑i∈A​ci​≥v(A) for every A∈CA\in\mathscr CA∈C. For τ∈R+n\tau\in\mathbb R^n_+τ∈R+n​, C(τ)\mathscr C(\tau)C(τ) is the set of nonnegative weights m(A)m(A)m(A), A∈CA\in\mathscr CA∈C, with ∑A∋im(A)=τi\sum_{A\ni i}m(A)=\tau_i∑A∋i​m(A)=τi​ for each player iii, and

πv(τ)=sup⁡m∈C(τ) ∑A∈Cm(A) v(A).\pi v(\tau)=\sup_{m\in\mathscr C(\tau)}\ \sum_{A\in\mathscr C}m(A)\,v(A).πv(τ)=m∈C(τ)sup​ A∈C∑​m(A)v(A).

The game is balanced if πv(τN)=v(N)\pi v(\tau^N)=v(N)πv(τN)=v(N).

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 6.1

core⁡(v)≠∅  ⟺  πv(τN)=v(N),and thencore⁡(v)=core⁡(πv).\operatorname{core}(v)\neq\emptyset\iff \pi v(\tau^N)=v(N),\qquad\text{and then}\qquad \operatorname{core}(v)=\operatorname{core}(\pi v).core(v)=∅⟺πv(τN)=v(N),and thencore(v)=core(πv).

The first half is the Bondareva–Shapley theorem for an arbitrary family C\mathscr CC. The second identifies the core of the discrete game with the core of the fuzzy game πv\pi vπv.

Milestones

  1. §2 (4)–(5). For a positively homogeneous vvv with v(0)=0v(0)=0v(0)=0, core⁡(v)=∂v(τN)\operatorname{core}(v)=\partial v(\tau^N)core(v)=∂v(τN).
  2. Remark 2.1. Such a vvv is concave on R+n\mathbb R^n_+R+n​ if and only if it is superadditive, v(τ+σ)≥v(τ)+v(σ)v(\tau+\sigma)\ge v(\tau)+v(\sigma)v(τ+σ)≥v(τ)+v(σ).
  3. Proposition 2.1. If vvv is moreover concave, its core is convex, compact and nonempty; if vvv is differentiable at τN\tau^NτN, the core is {Dv(τN)}\{Dv(\tau^N)\}{Dv(τN)}.
  4. §6 (5). If m∈C(τ)m\in\mathscr C(\tau)m∈C(τ) and m(A)>0m(A)>0m(A)>0, then A⊆Aτ={i:τi>0}A\subseteq A_\tau=\{i:\tau_i>0\}A⊆Aτ​={i:τi​>0}.
  5. §6 (2). πv\pi vπv is the smallest concave positively homogeneous function on R+n\mathbb R^n_+R+n​ with πv(τA)≥v(A)\pi v(\tau^A)\ge v(A)πv(τA)≥v(A) for every A∈CA\in\mathscr CA∈C.
  6. §6, after (6). The core of the fuzzy game πv\pi vπv is nonempty, convex and compact, whether or not vvv is balanced.

Significance

Proposition 6.1 is the standard criterion for the existence of core allocations in transferable-utility games. In operations research it is the tool behind core results for linear production games, flow games, facility location and inventory games: one exhibits a family of balancing weights, or the absence of one, and reads off whether a stable cost or profit allocation exists. Aubin's version adds that a balanced game's core is the superdifferential of a concave function, so it is described by convex analysis and, when πv\pi vπv is smooth at τN\tau^NτN, reduces to a single point given by the gradient.

The result is classical and proved in the literature. To our knowledge, no machine-checked proof of the Bondareva–Shapley theorem exists in Mathlib or on this platform: the platform has results on cores of convex (supermodular) games, which are a different hypothesis. The mission therefore produces a first formal proof of the theorem for a general family C\mathscr CC of coalitions, the superdifferential description of the fuzzy core, and the minimality of the concave extension πv\pi vπv. The definitions (fuzzy coalitions, balances, πv\pi vπv) are reusable by later missions on games without side payments and on values of fuzzy games.

Difficulty

The inclusion core⁡(v)⊆core⁡(πv)\operatorname{core}(v)\subseteq\operatorname{core}(\pi v)core(v)⊆core(πv) and the necessity of balancedness are short computations with the balancing weights. The difficulty is sufficiency: from πv(τN)=v(N)\pi v(\tau^N)=v(N)πv(τN)=v(N), a core allocation has to be produced. This is an existence statement for a system of linear inequalities, and it needs a duality or separation argument. Mathlib's finite-dimensional linear programming duality and separation theorems do not apply off the shelf, because πv\pi vπv is a supremum over a polytope of weights indexed by coalitions, and its attainment and finiteness must be established first. Proposition 2.1 similarly needs the existence of supergradients of a concave function at an interior point and their compactness, which are not packaged for functions defined only on an orthant.

Formalization scope

Players are Fin n; multiutilities and fuzzy coalitions are Fin n → ℝ with the coordinatewise order, and the cube is Set.Icc 0 1. The commitments are:

  • A fuzzy game is a function on Rn\mathbb R^nRn whose values off the orthant are never used; v(0)=0v(0)=0v(0)=0 and homogeneity for every t>0t>0t>0 and τ≥0\tau\ge0τ≥0 are hypotheses of every §2 statement, because §2 states them once for the whole section. Concavity is concavity on R+n\mathbb R^n_+R+n​.
  • In the superdifferential (5), σ\sigmaσ ranges over R+n\mathbb R^n_+R+n​, the domain of the extended vvv; the paper leaves this implicit.
  • "Differentiable at τN\tau^NτN" is DifferentiableAt at the interior point (1,…,1)(1,\dots,1)(1,…,1), and Dv(τN)Dv(\tau^N)Dv(τN) is the vector of partial derivatives.
  • The family C\mathscr CC contains NNN and all singletons and excludes ∅\emptyset∅; the core and πv\pi vπv use only coalitions in C\mathscr CC, so v(∅)=0v(\emptyset)=0v(∅)=0 plays no role. Because N∈CN\in\mathscr CN∈C and ∅∉C\emptyset\notin\mathscr C∅∈/C, the family exists only for n≥1n\ge1n≥1.
  • πv\pi vπv is a real supremum. For τ≥0\tau\ge0τ≥0 the set of values is nonempty and bounded above, so the value is the paper's; off the orthant the set is empty and the value is never used.
  • The printed v(C)v(\mathscr C)v(C) and τC\tau^{\mathscr C}τC in §6 (2)–(3) are read as v(A)v(A)v(A) and τA\tau^AτA, as §6 (4) settles.

Balancedness is the equation πv(τN)=v(N)\pi v(\tau^N)=v(N)πv(τN)=v(N) with πv\pi vπv built from the balances of §6 (3)–(4); a formalization that defines "balanced" through the core, or takes πv\pi vπv to be an envelope already known to agree with the core, makes the goal empty and is ruled out. Contributions welcome: proofs of the milestones, a general Bondareva–Shapley lemma for finite families of coalitions, and supergradient existence for concave functions on convex sets with nonempty interior.

Selected references

  • J.-P. Aubin, Cooperative Fuzzy Games, Mathematics of Operations Research 6(1), 1981, 1–13. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.6.1.1
  • O. N. Bondareva, Some applications of linear programming methods to the theory of cooperative games, Problemy Kibernetiki 10, 1963, 119–139 (in Russian; no stable online copy).
  • L. S. Shapley, On balanced sets and cores, Naval Research Logistics Quarterly 14(4), 1967, 453–460. https://doi.org/10.1002/nav.3800140404
  • H. E. Scarf, The core of an N person game, Econometrica 35(1), 1967, 50–69. https://doi.org/10.2307/1909703
  • L. J. Billera, Some theorems on the core of an n-person game without side-payments, SIAM Journal on Applied Mathematics 18(3), 1970, 567–579. https://doi.org/10.1137/0118007
  • R. T. Rockafellar, Convex Analysis, Princeton University Press, 1970. https://doi.org/10.1515/9781400873173
9 thms1 active userReviewed
Numerical Analysis·Captain: mikedeng1

A Trust Region Method Based on Interior Point Techniques for Nonlinear Programming: Limit Points Are KKT Points Under LICQ, Unless Infeasibility or LICQ Failure Is DetectedResearch Paper

Motivation

Interior-point methods transformed linear programming in the 1980s and 1990s. A natural question was whether the same ideas carry over to nonlinear programming, where the objective and the constraints are general smooth functions. Sequential quadratic programming (SQP) methods were then the method of choice for small and medium nonlinear problems, but each iteration solves a quadratic subproblem with all the constraints, which scales poorly. Byrd, Gilbert and Nocedal (INRIA RR-2896, 1996; journal version Math. Program. 89 (2000) 149–185) combine the two. They apply a trust-region SQP method to the barrier problem of the nonlinear program, keep the slack variables positive through the trust region and the barrier term, and prove global convergence without assuming that the constraint gradients have full rank. The algorithm became the basis of the interior-point solver KNITRO (Byrd, Hribar, Nocedal, SIAM J. Optim. 9 (1999)).

The analysis is of interest beyond this one method. It isolates the situations in which an interior-point method can fail: convergence to a stationary point of the infeasibility, or to a point where the constraint gradients of the active constraints are dependent. It shows that these are the only failure modes.

Setting

Let f:Rn→Rf:\mathbb R^n\to\mathbb Rf:Rn→R and g:Rn→Rmg:\mathbb R^n\to\mathbb R^mg:Rn→Rm be continuously differentiable. The problem is

min⁡f(x)s.t.g(x)≤0.(2.1)\min f(x)\quad\text{s.t.}\quad g(x)\le 0. \tag{2.1}minf(x)s.t.g(x)≤0.(2.1)

For a barrier parameter μ>0\mu>0μ>0, introduce slacks s∈Rms\in\mathbb R^ms∈Rm, s>0s>0s>0, and the barrier problem

min⁡f(x)−μ∑i=1mln⁡s(i)s.t.g(x)+s=0.(2.2)\min f(x)-\mu\sum_{i=1}^m\ln s^{(i)}\quad\text{s.t.}\quad g(x)+s=0. \tag{2.2}minf(x)−μi=1∑m​lns(i)s.t.g(x)+s=0.(2.2)

Write A(x)=(∇g(1)(x),…,∇g(m)(x))A(x)=(\nabla g^{(1)}(x),\dots,\nabla g^{(m)}(x))A(x)=(∇g(1)(x),…,∇g(m)(x)) for the n×mn\times mn×m matrix of constraint gradients, S=diag⁡(s)S=\operatorname{diag}(s)S=diag(s), e=(1,…,1)e=(1,\dots,1)e=(1,…,1), and gk=g(xk)g_k=g(x_k)gk​=g(xk​), Ak=A(xk)A_k=A(x_k)Ak​=A(xk​), fk=f(xk)f_k=f(x_k)fk​=f(xk​) along a sequence of iterates. All norms ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\|∥⋅∥ are Euclidean. A second norm ∥⋅∥T\|\cdot\|_T∥⋅∥T​ on Rn+m\mathbb R^{n+m}Rn+m is arbitrary.

Algorithm I solves (2.2) for fixed μ\muμ. At an iterate (xk,sk)(x_k,s_k)(xk​,sk​) and a trust-region radius Δk\Delta_kΔk​ it computes a vertical step vkv_kvk​, which reduces the linearized constraint violation ∥gk+sk+Ak⊤vx+vs∥\|g_k+s_k+A_k^\top v_x+v_s\|∥gk​+sk​+Ak⊤​vx​+vs​∥ inside a smaller trust region. It then computes a horizontal step hkh_khk​, which reduces a quadratic model of the barrier objective in the null space of the linearized constraints. Each step must give a fraction of the decrease of a scaled steepest-descent step (the Cauchy decrease conditions (2.18), (2.33)). The total step dk=vk+hkd_k=v_k+h_kdk​=vk​+hk​ is judged by the merit function

ϕ(x,s;ν)=f(x)+ν∥g(x)+s∥−μ∑iln⁡s(i),\phi(x,s;\nu)=f(x)+\nu\|g(x)+s\|-\mu\sum_i\ln s^{(i)},ϕ(x,s;ν)=f(x)+ν∥g(x)+s∥−μi∑​lns(i),

whose penalty parameter νk\nu_kνk​ is raised, by a factor of at least 1.51.51.5, whenever the predicted reduction predk(dk)\mathrm{pred}_k(d_k)predk​(dk​) would otherwise fall below ρ νk\rho\,\nu_kρνk​ times the vertical predicted reduction. A step is rejected and the radius shrunk if the merit function does not decrease by a fraction η\etaη of predk(dk)\mathrm{pred}_k(d_k)predk​(dk​), or if some slack component would drop below (1−τ)sk(i)(1-\tau)s_k^{(i)}(1−τ)sk(i)​. On acceptance, xk+1=xk+dxx_{k+1}=x_k+d_xxk+1​=xk​+dx​ and sk+1=max⁡(sk+ds,−g(xk+1))s_{k+1}=\max(s_k+d_s,-g(x_{k+1}))sk+1​=max(sk​+ds​,−g(xk+1​)).

Algorithm II runs Algorithm I for barrier parameters μl↓0\mu_l\downarrow 0μl​↓0 (μl+1<aμl\mu_{l+1}<a\mu_lμl+1​<aμl​). Each inner run stops at the first point with ∥gk+sk∥≤εl\|g_k+s_k\|\le\varepsilon_l∥gk​+sk​∥≤εl​ and ∥∇fk+μlAkSk−1e∥≤εl\|\nabla f_k+\mu_lA_kS_k^{-1}e\|\le\varepsilon_l∥∇fk​+μl​Ak​Sk−1​e∥≤εl​, where εl→0\varepsilon_l\to0εl​→0.

A sequence is asymptotically feasible if g(xk)+→0g(x_k)^+\to0g(xk​)+→0. A limit point (gˉ,Aˉ)(\bar g,\bar A)(gˉ​,Aˉ) of {(gk,Ak)}\{(g_k,A_k)\}{(gk​,Ak​)} fails the linear independence constraint qualification (LICQ) if the columns {Aˉ(i):gˉ(i)=0}\{\bar A^{(i)}:\bar g^{(i)}=0\}{Aˉ(i):gˉ​(i)=0} are linearly dependent.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 5.1

For a run of Algorithm II, assuming the standard regularity conditions (Assumptions 4.1) on every infinite inner run:

  • (A) if some inner run never stops, then along it: if ∥gk+sk∥≤εl\|g_k+s_k\|\le\varepsilon_l∥gk​+sk​∥≤εl​ never holds, A(xk)g(xk)+→0A(x_k)g(x_k)^+\to0A(xk​)g(xk​)+→0; and if gk+sk→0g_k+s_k\to0gk​+sk​→0, some limit point of {(gk,Ak)}\{(g_k,A_k)\}{(gk​,Ak​)} fails the LICQ;
  • (B) if every inner run stops at (xkl,skl)(x_{k_l},s_{k_l})(xkl​​,skl​​), every limit point x^\hat xx^ of {xkl}\{x_{k_l}\}{xkl​​} is feasible, and if the LICQ holds at x^\hat xx^, there is λ^∈Rm\hat\lambda\in\mathbb R^mλ^∈Rm with
∇f(x^)+A(x^)λ^=0,g(x^)≤0,λ^≥0,g(x^)⊤λ^=0.\nabla f(\hat x)+A(\hat x)\hat\lambda=0,\quad g(\hat x)\le0,\quad\hat\lambda\ge0,\quad g(\hat x)^\top\hat\lambda=0.∇f(x^)+A(x^)λ^=0,g(x^)≤0,λ^≥0,g(x^)⊤λ^=0.

Milestones

The milestones follow the paper's proof, in order.

  • Lemmas 2.1–2.3 are the Cauchy-decrease bounds for the vertical and horizontal steps.
  • Lemma 3.1 and Proposition 3.2 show that the model is accurate and that the inner loop of Algorithm I terminates.
  • Lemmas 4.4–4.9 and Theorem 4.10 make up the global analysis.
  • Theorem 4.3 is the trichotomy for Algorithm I at fixed μ\muμ:
Ak(gk+sk)→0,Sk(gk+sk)→0,A_k(g_k+s_k)\to0,\quad S_k(g_k+s_k)\to0,Ak​(gk​+sk​)→0,Sk​(gk​+sk​)→0,

together with exactly one of (i) infeasible stationarity with νk→∞\nu_k\to\inftyνk​→∞, (ii) an LICQ-failing limit point with νk→∞\nu_k\to\inftyνk​→∞, (iii) ∇fk+μAkSk−1e→0\nabla f_k+\mu A_kS_k^{-1}e\to0∇fk​+μAk​Sk−1​e→0 with sks_ksk​ bounded away from zero and νk\nu_kνk​ eventually constant.

Significance

Theorem 4.3 says that the method converges to stationary points of the barrier problem unless the problem is locally infeasible or degenerate, and it says which. Theorem 5.1 turns this into first-order optimality for (2.1) at LICQ limit points of the outer iteration. The proof does not assume full-rank constraint Jacobians or bounded iterates, and it allows inexact subproblem solutions. These features distinguish this analysis from earlier ones for interior-point methods.

The results are proved in the paper; none of them is formalized. A complete development would give a machine-checked convergence theory for a practical nonlinear interior-point method, the trust-region Cauchy-decrease calculus that many trust-region analyses reuse, and a formal account of the LICQ failure modes. The formal statements also make explicit details the paper leaves to the reader: the inner rejection loop and the role of the slack reset.

Difficulty

The obvious argument runs as follows: the merit function decreases, it is bounded below, so the predicted reductions are summable and the iterates become stationary. This fails on two counts.

First, the penalty parameter νk\nu_kνk​ changes, so ϕ(⋅;νk)\phi(\cdot;\nu_k)ϕ(⋅;νk​) is not monotone along the iterates. Lemma 4.4 must first bound the slacks before any summability argument applies.

Second, a small predicted reduction may come from a small trust-region radius rather than from near-stationarity. Excluding this needs a uniform statement that small steps are accepted near any non-stationary iterate. The vertical step must then be controlled by its own predicted reduction (Lemma 4.8), and that control is only available when the matrices (Ak⊤ Sk)(A_k^\top\ S_k)(Ak⊤​ Sk​) have singular values bounded away from zero. Whether they do is exactly the dichotomy of Lemma 4.7. In Theorem 5.1(B), the multipliers μlSkl−1e\mu_lS_{k_l}^{-1}eμl​Skl​−1​e of the outer iteration need not be bounded a priori; their convergence uses the LICQ at the limit point.

Formalization scope

Points live in EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n) and EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin m), and stacked vectors (x,s)(x,s)(x,s) in WithLp 2 products, so every norm is Euclidean. Matrix norms are operator (spectral) norms. A(x)A(x)A(x) is the adjoint of the derivative of ggg. "Smooth" is read as C1C^1C1 on all of Rn\mathbb R^nRn. The trust-region norm ∥⋅∥T\|\cdot\|_T∥⋅∥T​ is a seminorm vanishing only at 000. The merit function is evaluated only at positive slacks, which the fraction-to-boundary test guarantees, so the paper's value +∞+\infty+∞ is never needed.

A run of Algorithm I records, at every iteration, all rejected trials and the accepted one. Each trial is a valid pass through Steps 1–3: feasible approximate subproblem solutions, the range space and Cauchy conditions, and the penalty update with the constant 1.51.51.5. Rejected trials fail the acceptance test, and the radius is multiplied by a fixed c∈(0,1)c\in(0,1)c∈(0,1) after each rejection. The Cauchy conditions are stated as "at least γ\gammaγ times the decrease at every feasible multiple of the steepest-descent direction", which is equivalent to the paper's argmin form. The multipliers λk\lambda_kλk​ are not recorded, since they enter only through BkB_kBk​. Algorithm II is a sequence of such runs. The lll-th run is valid up to its first stopping index, or forever if it never stops. Outer iterations are numbered from 000.

Two hypotheses are added to the page. Lemma 4.7 assumes {fk}\{f_k\}{fk​} bounded below, which its proof uses. Lemma 2.3 assumes Δ^k>0\hat\Delta_k>0Δ^k​>0, which (2.27) guarantees. Algorithm II's stopping tolerances εl\varepsilon_lεl​ are taken positive. Where the paper divides by a quantity that may vanish and means +∞+\infty+∞ ((2.21), (2.36)), the case is split off explicitly, so no bound degenerates to 000. A formalization in which a run may record only accepted steps, or in which the penalty may grow by arbitrarily small factors, would make the analysis unprovable or the statements weaker; the run predicate rules both out. A sorry-free check exhibits a run satisfying all hypotheses.

A complete development needs:

  • quadratic minimization along a ray under a norm constraint;
  • the Lipschitz estimates behind Lemma 3.1;
  • singular-value and null-space arguments for (A⊤ S)(A^\top\ S)(A⊤ S) and ZkZ_kZk​;
  • limit-point arguments for sequences of pairs (gk,Ak)(g_k,A_k)(gk​,Ak​).

The Cauchy-decrease lemmas and the LICQ limit-point argument are reusable for other trust-region and constrained methods. Contributions to any milestone, and to auxiliary lemmas such as the identity predk(dk)=νkvpredk(vk)+hpredk(hk)+χk\mathrm{pred}_k(d_k)=\nu_k\mathrm{vpred}_k(v_k)+\mathrm{hpred}_k(h_k)+\chi_kpredk​(dk​)=νk​vpredk​(vk​)+hpredk​(hk​)+χk​ (2.40), are welcome.

Selected references

  • R. H. Byrd, J. Ch. Gilbert, J. Nocedal, A trust region method based on interior point techniques for nonlinear programming, INRIA Rapport de recherche RR-2896, 1996. https://inria.hal.science/inria-00073794v1
  • R. H. Byrd, J. Ch. Gilbert, J. Nocedal, A trust region method based on interior point techniques for nonlinear programming, Mathematical Programming 89 (2000) 149–185. https://doi.org/10.1007/PL00011391
  • R. H. Byrd, M. E. Hribar, J. Nocedal, An interior point algorithm for large-scale nonlinear programming, SIAM Journal on Optimization 9 (1999) 877–900. https://doi.org/10.1137/S1052623497325107
  • M. J. D. Powell, A new algorithm for unconstrained optimization, in Nonlinear Programming, Academic Press, 1970, 31–65. https://doi.org/10.1016/B978-0-12-597050-1.50006-3
  • T. Steihaug, The conjugate gradient method and trust regions in large scale optimization, SIAM Journal on Numerical Analysis 20 (1983) 626–637. https://doi.org/10.1137/0720042
17 thms1 active userReviewed
Machine LearningOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Smart "Predict, then Optimize": Under a Continuous, Centrally Symmetric Cost Law Every Minimizer of the SPO+ Risk Equals E[c|x] and Minimizes the SPO RiskResearch Paper

Motivation

Many decisions are made before their objective coefficients are known. A planner may know the feasible decisions and the form of a linear optimization problem, but must predict its cost vector from available features. Squared prediction error measures how close a forecast is to the eventual coefficients; it need not measure the quality of the decision chosen with that forecast. Elmachtoub and Grigas define a loss based on the excess realized cost of the resulting decision, then introduce a convex surrogate, SPO+, for training prediction rules Elmachtoub and Grigas, 2020, §§2–3.

The central population question is whether minimizing the surrogate still selects predictions that minimize the decision loss when the full data distribution is available. Their Theorem 1 answers this under conditions on the feasible region and the conditional distribution of costs Elmachtoub and Grigas, 2020, p. 21. The result concerns the loss itself, before sample size, model capacity, or an algorithm for fitting a predictor enter the picture.

Setting

A feasible region S⊆RdS\subseteq\mathbb R^dS⊆Rd is nonempty, compact, and convex. Given a cost vector c∈Rdc\in\mathbb R^dc∈Rd, a decision w∈Sw\in Sw∈S incurs cost c⊤wc^\top wc⊤w. The nominal value, optimal-decision set, and support function are

z∗(c)=min⁡w∈Sc⊤w,W∗(c)=arg⁡min⁡w∈Sc⊤w,ξS(c)=max⁡w∈Sc⊤w.z^*(c)=\min_{w\in S}c^\top w,\qquad W^*(c)=\arg\min_{w\in S}c^\top w,\qquad \xi_S(c)=\max_{w\in S}c^\top w.z∗(c)=w∈Smin​c⊤w,W∗(c)=argw∈Smin​c⊤w,ξS​(c)=w∈Smax​c⊤w.

An optimization oracle w∗w^*w∗ returns one element of W∗(c)W^*(c)W∗(c) for each ccc, without a tie-breaking rule. For a predicted cost c^\hat cc^ and realized cost ccc, the unambiguous SPO loss uses the worst realized decision among all decisions optimal for the prediction:

ℓSPO(c^,c)=max⁡w∈W∗(c^)c⊤w−z∗(c).\ell_{\mathrm{SPO}}(\hat c,c) =\max_{w\in W^*(\hat c)}c^\top w-z^*(c).ℓSPO​(c^,c)=w∈W∗(c^)max​c⊤w−z∗(c).

This is Definition 2 of the paper. Its SPO+ loss, Definition 3, is

ℓSPO+(c^,c)=ξS(c−2c^)+2c^⊤w∗(c)−z∗(c).\ell_{\mathrm{SPO+}}(\hat c,c) =\xi_S(c-2\hat c)+2\hat c^\top w^*(c)-z^*(c).ℓSPO+​(c^,c)=ξS​(c−2c^)+2c^⊤w∗(c)−z∗(c).

The factor 222 is fixed by the paper's surrogate. Proposition 3 states that SPO+ upper-bounds SPO, is convex in c^\hat cc^, and has the explicit subgradient 2(w∗(c)−w∗(2c^−c))2(w^*(c)-w^*(2\hat c-c))2(w∗(c)−w∗(2c^−c)) Elmachtoub and Grigas, 2020, pp. 17–18.

Let xxx denote an observed feature, ν\nuν its probability law, and κx\kappa_xκx​ the conditional law of ccc given xxx. Their joint law is D=ν⊗κD=\nu\otimes\kappaD=ν⊗κ. A measurable predictor fff maps each xxx to a cost prediction f(x)f(x)f(x). The population risks RSPO(f)R_{\mathrm{SPO}}(f)RSPO​(f) and RSPO+(f)R_{\mathrm{SPO+}}(f)RSPO+​(f) are expectations over (x,c)∼D(x,c)\sim D(x,c)∼D of the corresponding losses at (f(x),c)(f(x),c)(f(x),c), as in displays (11) and (12) Elmachtoub and Grigas, 2020, p. 20. There is no prescribed parametric predictor class.

Formalization targets

Theorem 1: Fisher consistency of SPO+

Write m(x)=E[c∣x]m(x)=\mathbb E[c\mid x]m(x)=E[c∣x]. Under Assumption 1, the optimal-decision set W∗(m(x))W^*(m(x))W∗(m(x)) is a singleton for almost every xxx; each conditional law is centrally symmetric about m(x)m(x)m(x) and continuous on all of Rd\mathbb R^dRd; and SSS has nonempty interior. The goal says that every measurable minimizer fff of SPO+ population risk satisfies

f(x)=m(x)for ν-almost every x,RSPO(f)≤RSPO(g)for every measurable g.f(x)=m(x)\quad\text{for }\nu\text{-almost every }x, \qquad R_{\mathrm{SPO}}(f)\le R_{\mathrm{SPO}}(g) \quad\text{for every measurable }g.f(x)=m(x)for ν-almost every x,RSPO​(f)≤RSPO​(g)for every measurable g.

This is the paper's Fisher-consistency statement, including its stronger identification of every SPO+ minimizer with the conditional mean Elmachtoub and Grigas, 2020, Theorem 1. The goal does not assert that a minimizer exists.

Supporting propositions

The milestone list follows the paper's numbered results: Proposition 3's pointwise upper bound, convexity, and subgradient; Proposition 6's mean minimizer and uniqueness claims for a single cost law; and both directions of Proposition 5, which relate SPO risk minimizers to decisions optimal at the mean Elmachtoub and Grigas, 2020, pp. 18, 22–23. The single-law propositions have no feature variable.

Significance

Theorem 1 identifies a condition under which a convex training objective preserves the population target of the decision loss. Its identification statement is stronger than merely saying that one selected SPO+ minimizer is SPO-optimal: all SPO+ minimizers agree almost surely with conditional mean cost. The propositions isolate what this depends on. Proposition 6 concerns the surrogate risk, while Proposition 5 connects a prediction's optimal-decision set to the true risk.

The result was proved in the cited preprint and published in Management Science in 2022; this mission asks for a Lean proof of that known result, not a new consistency theorem. A completed development would provide reusable definitions for cost-based decision losses and a checked account of the distributional assumptions needed for uniqueness. The published oracle predicate is already available on the platform; the two losses, risks, and distributional predicates are introduced here.

Difficulty

The SPO loss may jump when a predicted cost admits more than one optimal decision. Its definition takes the maximum realized cost over that whole decision set. Consequently, showing that a prediction selects one mean-optimal decision does not by itself control the SPO loss; Proposition 5's converse requires a singleton set. The surrogate is convex but generally not differentiable, because the support function of SSS need not be differentiable. Establishing the unique population minimizer also depends on how the cost law covers the space: absolute continuity by itself permits a bounded-support law for which nearby predictions tie. These are substantive issues in moving from the single-cost-law statements to an almost-sure claim about measurable predictors Elmachtoub and Grigas, 2020, §4 and Appendix B.

Formalization scope

The code represents Rd\mathbb R^dRd by EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin d) and c⊤wc^\top wc⊤w by its standard inner product. Every theorem assumes the paper's nonempty compact convex SSS. Real infima and suprema encode the attained minima and maxima on SSS. An oracle is an explicit parameter satisfying the published SPOBounds.Natarajan.IsOracle predicate; it is not given an extra measurability or tie-breaking assumption. The SPO loss is the paper's unambiguous Definition 2, which differs from the oracle-dependent loss in the published module.

Expected losses are extended nonnegative integrals, so an infinite risk remains infinite. Conditional costs are represented by a Markov kernel κ\kappaκ, and the joint law by ν⊗κ\nu\otimes\kappaν⊗κ. Integrability of costs makes the conditional and joint means finite. Central symmetry means equality of the conditional law with its reflection c↦2m(x)−cc\mapsto 2m(x)-cc↦2m(x)−c. Assumption 1.3, “continuous on all of Rd\mathbb R^dRd,” is pinned to absolute continuity with respect to Lebesgue measure and full support, meaning every nonempty open set has positive probability. This full-support condition is needed for Proposition 6(b)'s uniqueness claim: a continuous law confined to a small ball supplies a counterexample to the weaker reading.

The risks range over all measurable predictors, as display (12) requires. A Bochner integral for an arbitrary nonintegrable loss, a restricted hypothesis class, the oracle-dependent SPO loss of Definition 1, or absolute continuity without full support would change or trivialize the target. Contributions to the support-function, measurable-risk, and conditional-law infrastructure are useful beyond this mission; the seven numbered proposition parts provide its immediate formalization targets.

Selected references

  • A. N. Elmachtoub and P. Grigas, Smart “Predict, then Optimize”, arXiv:1710.08005v5, 2020; published in Management Science 68(1), 2022. Preprint
10 thms1 active userReviewed
Machine LearningProbabilityStatistics·Captain: mikedeng1

Learning Models with Uniform Performance via Distributionally Robust Optimization 1: The Plug-In Cressie–Read Robust Risk Concentrates at Rate n^(−1/(k*∨2))·√(t + log n) (Theorem 2)Research Paper

Motivation

A model trained to minimize its average loss EP0[ℓ(θ;X)]\mathbb E_{P_0}[\ell(\theta;X)]EP0​​[ℓ(θ;X)] can perform poorly on subpopulations that are rare under the training distribution P0P_0P0​. Distributionally robust optimization replaces the average loss by its worst case over all distributions QQQ close to P0P_0P0​ in an fff-divergence, which upweights the tail of the loss and controls performance on every subpopulation of sufficient size. Duchi and Namkoong (arXiv:1810.08750, Ann. Statist. 49 (2021), DOI 10.1214/20-AOS2004) study this objective for the Cressie–Read family of divergences, which interpolates between the χ2\chi^2χ2-divergence and the KL-divergence and links the robust risk to Lk∗L^{k_*}Lk∗​-norms of the loss.

In practice P0P_0P0​ is unknown and the robust risk is computed on the empirical distribution P^n\widehat P_nPn​ of a sample. Whether this plug-in estimate is close to the population robust risk, and at what rate, is the question this mission formalizes. Earlier work on the same estimator (Namkoong and Duchi 2017; Duchi, Glynn and Namkoong 2021) let the radius shrink as ρ/n\rho/nρ/n; here the radius ρ>0\rho>0ρ>0 is fixed, so the robust risk is a genuinely different functional of P0P_0P0​ from the mean.

Setting

Let (X,A)(\mathcal X,\mathcal A)(X,A) be a measurable space, P0P_0P0​ a probability measure on it, Θ\ThetaΘ a parameter set and ℓ:Θ×X→R\ell:\Theta\times\mathcal X\to\mathbb Rℓ:Θ×X→R a loss. Fix k∈(1,∞)k\in(1,\infty)k∈(1,∞), write k∗=k/(k−1)k_*=k/(k-1)k∗​=k/(k−1), and fix a radius ρ>0\rho>0ρ>0.

The Cressie–Read function is fk(t)=tk−kt+k−1k(k−1)f_k(t)=\frac{t^k-kt+k-1}{k(k-1)}fk​(t)=k(k−1)tk−kt+k−1​ for t≥0t\ge0t≥0 and fk(t)=+∞f_k(t)=+\inftyfk​(t)=+∞ for t<0t<0t<0. It is convex, nonnegative and vanishes at t=1t=1t=1. The Cressie–Read divergence of Q≪PQ\ll PQ≪P from PPP is Dfk(Q∥P)=EP[fk(dQ/dP)]D_{f_k}(Q\|P)=\mathbb E_P[f_k(dQ/dP)]Dfk​​(Q∥P)=EP​[fk​(dQ/dP)].

The robust risk at θ\thetaθ under PPP is

Rk(θ;P)=sup⁡Q≪P{EQ[ℓ(θ;X)]:Dfk(Q∥P)≤ρ}=sup⁡{EP[L ℓ(θ;X)]:L≥0, EP[L]=1, EP[fk(L)]≤ρ},\mathcal R_k(\theta;P)=\sup_{Q\ll P}\big\{\mathbb E_Q[\ell(\theta;X)]:D_{f_k}(Q\|P)\le\rho\big\} =\sup\big\{\mathbb E_P[L\,\ell(\theta;X)] : L\ge0,\ \mathbb E_P[L]=1,\ \mathbb E_P[f_k(L)]\le\rho\big\},Rk​(θ;P)=Q≪Psup​{EQ​[ℓ(θ;X)]:Dfk​​(Q∥P)≤ρ}=sup{EP​[Lℓ(θ;X)]:L≥0, EP​[L]=1, EP​[fk​(L)]≤ρ},

the second form writing L=dQ/dPL=dQ/dPL=dQ/dP for the likelihood ratio. Let X1,…,XnX_1,\dots,X_nX1​,…,Xn​ be i.i.d. with law P0P_0P0​ and P^n=1n∑i=1nδXi\widehat P_n=\frac1n\sum_{i=1}^n\delta_{X_i}Pn​=n1​∑i=1n​δXi​​ their empirical measure. With ck(ρ)=(1+k(k−1)ρ)1/kc_k(\rho)=(1+k(k-1)\rho)^{1/k}ck​(ρ)=(1+k(k−1)ρ)1/k and Z=ℓ(θ;⋅)Z=\ell(\theta;\cdot)Z=ℓ(θ;⋅), the dual objective is

gk(η;P)=ck(ρ) EP[(Z−η)+k∗]1/k∗+η,η∈R.g_k(\eta;P)=c_k(\rho)\,\mathbb E_P\big[(Z-\eta)_+^{k_*}\big]^{1/k_*}+\eta ,\qquad\eta\in\mathbb R .gk​(η;P)=ck​(ρ)EP​[(Z−η)+k∗​​]1/k∗​+η,η∈R.

The Lean development uses the same names: cressieRead, robustRisk, empiricalMeasure, dualObjective, kstar, ck, in the namespace UniformDRO.Concentration.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2 (p. 20)

Assume ℓ(θ;x)∈[0,M]\ell(\theta;x)\in[0,M]ℓ(θ;x)∈[0,M] for all θ,x\theta,xθ,x, with M≥1M\ge1M≥1. For a fixed θ∈Θ\theta\in\Thetaθ∈Θ and t>0t>0t>0, whenever n≥k∨3n\ge k\vee3n≥k∨3, with probability at least 1−2e−t1-2e^{-t}1−2e−t,

∣Rk(θ;P^n)−Rk(θ;P0)∣≤10 n−1k∗∨2 ck(ρ)2M(ck(ρ)ck(ρ)−1∨2)(1k+t+2log⁡n).\big|\mathcal R_k(\theta;\widehat P_n)-\mathcal R_k(\theta;P_0)\big|\le10\,n^{-\frac1{k_*\vee2}}\,c_k(\rho)^2M\Big(\frac{c_k(\rho)}{c_k(\rho)-1}\vee2\Big)\Big(\frac1k+\sqrt{t+2\log n}\Big).​Rk​(θ;Pn​)−Rk​(θ;P0​)​≤10n−k∗​∨21​ck​(ρ)2M(ck​(ρ)−1ck​(ρ)​∨2)(k1​+t+2logn​).

The goal is stated exactly as printed, constants included.

Milestones (Appendices A.1 and C.1)

  1. Lemma 3 (p. 33): the conjugate fk∗(s)=1k((k−1)s+1)+k∗−1kf_k^*(s)=\frac1k((k-1)s+1)_+^{k_*}-\frac1kfk∗​(s)=k1​((k−1)s+1)+k∗​​−k1​.
  2. Lemma 1 (p. 6): the duality Rk(Z;P)=inf⁡ηgk(η;P)\mathcal R_k(Z;P)=\inf_{\eta}g_k(\eta;P)Rk​(Z;P)=infη​gk​(η;P).
  3. Lemma 6 (p. 38): two-sided concentration of convex Lipschitz functions of bounded independent variables, referenced from an existing platform statement.
  4. Lemma 7 (p. 38): y↦(1n∑i∣yi∣k∗)1/k∗y\mapsto(\frac1n\sum_i|y_i|^{k_*})^{1/k_*}y↦(n1​∑i​∣yi​∣k∗​)1/k∗​ is n−1/(2∨k∗)n^{-1/(2\vee k_*)}n−1/(2∨k∗​)-Lipschitz in ∥⋅∥2\|\cdot\|_2∥⋅∥2​.
  5. (28) (p. 39): for fixed η\etaη, gk(η;P^n)g_k(\eta;\widehat P_n)gk​(η;Pn​) is within 2t ck(ckck−1∨2)Mn−1/(k∗∨2)\sqrt{2t}\,c_k(\frac{c_k}{c_k-1}\vee2)Mn^{-1/(k_*\vee2)}2t​ck​(ck​−1ck​​∨2)Mn−1/(k∗​∨2) of its mean with probability 1−2e−t1-2e^{-t}1−2e−t.
  6. Lemma 8 (p. 39): the bias bound E[(1n∑i∣Yi∣k∗)1/k∗]≥E[∣Y∣k∗]1/k∗−2k C n−1/(k∗∨2)\mathbb E[(\frac1n\sum_i|Y_i|^{k_*})^{1/k_*}]\ge\mathbb E[|Y|^{k_*}]^{1/k_*}-\frac2k\,C\,n^{-1/(k_*\vee2)}E[(n1​∑i​∣Yi​∣k∗​)1/k∗​]≥E[∣Y∣k∗​]1/k∗​−k2​Cn−1/(k∗​∨2) (corrected, see below).
  7. (30) (p. 39): for fixed η\etaη, ∣gk(η;P^n)−gk(η;P0)∣≤ϵt|g_k(\eta;\widehat P_n)-g_k(\eta;P_0)|\le\epsilon_t∣gk​(η;Pn​)−gk​(η;P0​)∣≤ϵt​ with probability 1−2e−t1-2e^{-t}1−2e−t (corrected).
  8. Lemma 9 (p. 39): for Z∈[0,M]Z\in[0,M]Z∈[0,M] the infimum over η\etaη may be restricted to [−Mck−1,M][-\frac{M}{c_k-1},M][−ck​−1M​,M].
  9. Union bound (p. 40): ∣Rk(Z;P^n)−Rk(Z;P0)∣≤(2ck+3)ϵt,n|\mathcal R_k(Z;\widehat P_n)-\mathcal R_k(Z;P_0)|\le(2c_k+3)\epsilon_{t,n}∣Rk​(Z;Pn​)−Rk​(Z;P0​)∣≤(2ck​+3)ϵt,n​ with probability 1−2exp⁡(−t+log⁡(ckck−1Mϵt,n))1-2\exp(-t+\log(\frac{c_k}{c_k-1}\frac{M}{\epsilon_{t,n}}))1−2exp(−t+log(ck​−1ck​​ϵt,n​M​)).

Significance

The result. Theorem 2 shows that the plug-in robust risk is a consistent estimator of the population robust risk for a fixed divergence radius, at rate n−1/(k∗∨2)n^{-1/(k_*\vee2)}n−1/(k∗​∨2) up to a log⁡n\sqrt{\log n}logn​ factor; Theorem 3 of the same paper shows this rate cannot be improved in general. Through a covering argument it yields uniform bounds over a model class (Corollaries 1–2, p. 20) and hence guarantees for the plug-in minimizer θ^n\widehat\theta_nθn​: the robust risk of the learned model is close to the best achievable robust risk. The rate degrades as k↓1k\downarrow1k↓1, quantifying the statistical price of protecting against larger distribution shifts.

Formalizing it. The result is proved on paper; no machine-checked version exists. A formal proof requires a measure-theoretic duality theorem for fff-divergence balls (Lemma 1), convex concentration for product measures (Lemma 6, posed on the platform and not yet proved), and a moment bias bound (Lemma 8). Formalization already exposed two slips in the printed proof, both corrected in the milestones without changing Theorem 2.

Difficulty

The robust risk is a supremum over an infinite-dimensional set of likelihood ratios, so concentration cannot be read off any single empirical average. The argument goes through the dual: Lemma 1 reduces the robust risk to a one-dimensional infimum of gkg_kgk​, which is a Lipschitz function of the data only for η\etaη in a bounded interval (Lemma 9), and only up to a bias, because gk(η;P^n)g_k(\eta;\widehat P_n)gk​(η;Pn​) is a nonlinear (norm-like) function of an empirical mean. Neither half is routine: the duality for general PPP requires the closed form of fk∗f_k^*fk∗​ and an attained infimum over λ≥0\lambda\ge0λ≥0, and the bias bound (Lemma 8) needs a careful case split at k∗=2k_*=2k∗​=2. The naive approach — concentrating EP^n[L Z]\mathbb E_{\widehat P_n}[L\,Z]EPn​​[LZ] for a fixed LLL — fails because the optimal LLL depends on the sample.

Formalization scope

  • The robust risk is defined in the likelihood-ratio form (3): a real supremum over measurable L≥0L\ge0L≥0 with EP[L]=1\mathbb E_P[L]=1EP​[L]=1, EP[LZ]\mathbb E_P[LZ]EP​[LZ] integrable, and the divergence constraint written as a lower Lebesgue integral of fk(L)≥0f_k(L)\ge0fk​(L)≥0, so ratios of infinite divergence are excluded. Every statement about it assumes a bounded loss (or Z∈Lk∗(P)Z\in L^{k_*}(P)Z∈Lk∗​(P) in Lemma 1), which makes the value set nonempty and bounded above. The published conjugate PhiDivRobust.Counterpart.conj is reused for Lemma 3.
  • The sample is a point of Xn\mathcal X^nXn under the product measure P0⊗nP_0^{\otimes n}P0⊗n​; P^n=1n∑iδXi\widehat P_n=\frac1n\sum_i\delta_{X_i}Pn​=n1​∑i​δXi​​; failure events are bounded in outer measure. Real powers are Real.rpow; Euclidean distances on Rn\mathbb R^nRn are written out as ∑i(yi−yi′)2\sqrt{\sum_i(y_i-y_i')^2}∑i​(yi​−yi′​)2​, since the default norm on Fin n → ℝ is the sup norm.
  • Standing assumptions of Section 4 (p. 19), carried as hypotheses: k∈(1,∞)k\in(1,\infty)k∈(1,∞), ℓ∈[0,M]\ell\in[0,M]ℓ∈[0,M] with M≥1M\ge1M≥1. Added and disclosed: measurability of the loss, n≥1n\ge1n≥1 where the page leaves it implicit, EP∣Z∣k∗<∞\mathbb E_P|Z|^{k_*}<\inftyEP​∣Z∣k∗​<∞ in Lemma 1 (otherwise both sides are +∞+\infty+∞), and integrability of ∣Y∣2k∗|Y|^{2k_*}∣Y∣2k∗​ in Lemma 8.
  • Corrections of the print. Lemma 8's term 2kC n−1/(k∗∨2)\frac2k\sqrt C\,n^{-1/(k_*\vee2)}k2​C​n−1/(k∗​∨2) is false (the hypothesis makes CCC scale like YYY; a three-point counterexample is in the statement) and is posed with CCC in place of C\sqrt CC​, written 2k∗−1k∗C2\frac{k_*-1}{k_*}C2k∗​k∗​−1​C. Display (30)'s probability 1−2e−2t1-2e^{-2t}1−2e−2t is posed as 1−2e−t1-2e^{-t}1−2e−t, which is what (28) and a deterministic bias bound give. Theorem 2 is posed as printed; neither correction affects it.
  • A trivializing formalization is ruled out: the robust risk is not a junk sSup (the loss is bounded, so the value set is nonempty and bounded), the divergence constraint cannot be met by non-integrable ratios, and the goal mentions only Rk\mathcal R_kRk​, nnn, kkk, ρ\rhoρ, MMM and ttt, not the proof's auxiliary objects.
  • Reusable beyond this mission: Lemma 1 (Cressie–Read duality), Lemma 7, Lemma 8, and the convex concentration inequality. Proofs of any milestone, and of Lemma 6 on its own platform page, are welcome.

Selected references

  • J. C. Duchi and H. Namkoong, Learning Models with Uniform Performance via Distributionally Robust Optimization, Ann. Statist. 49(3), 2021. arXiv:1810.08750v6. https://arxiv.org/abs/1810.08750 — https://doi.org/10.1214/20-AOS2004
  • A. Ben-Tal, D. den Hertog, A. De Waegenaere, B. Melenberg and G. Rennen, Robust Solutions of Optimization Problems Affected by Uncertain Probabilities, Management Science 59(2), 2013. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.1120.1641
  • S. Boucheron, G. Lugosi and P. Massart, Concentration Inequalities: A Nonasymptotic Theory of Independence, Oxford University Press, 2013. https://doi.org/10.1093/acprof:oso/9780199535255.001.0001
  • H. Namkoong and J. C. Duchi, Variance-based Regularization with Convex Objectives, NeurIPS 2017. https://arxiv.org/abs/1610.02581
  • J. C. Duchi, P. W. Glynn and H. Namkoong, Statistics of Robust Optimization: A Generalized Empirical Likelihood Approach, Math. Oper. Res. 46(3), 2021. https://arxiv.org/abs/1610.03425
12 thms1 active userReviewed
PreviousPage 28 of 31Next

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

About Prove2Me

Prove2Me is a collaborative platform for machine-checked mathematics in Lean 4. Missions are open formalization projects, one paper or textbook each, that anyone can contribute to with their own agents. Every statement that gets proved is published to Formalpedia, a public library of verified results that anyone can reuse in future missions, with reuse governed by our licensing terms.

How Prove2Me worksResearch paper
SKILL.mdTourFAQContactTerms
© 2026 Prove2Me